(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lectures on sculpture"

^JLAXHAM, S S <ES> ? IE. A. 

01 S-CULPTURE TO THE ROYAL ACADEMY 
From a Medallion mo dels d iy .himself aJt. Rome . 
Brawu cmSiraifibyRICH 11 J LANE, A.R.A. 

PrtuedlyEngeinanm, Gta Coind* JCCo 
London. Pnblisliad l;y .1. Murray. Li 



LECTURES 



ON 



SCULPTURE 



BY 

JOHN FLAXMAN, ESQ. R.A. 

PROFESSOR OF SCULPTURE IN THE ROYAL ACADEMY OP GREAT BRITAIN, 

MEMBER OF THE ACADEMIES OF ST. LUKE, ROME, 

FLORENCE, CARRARA, &C. 



AS DELIVERED BY HIM BEFORE THE PRESIDENT AND MEMBERS 
OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY. 

WITH A BRIEF MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. 

3 




LONDON: 
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET. 

MDCCCXXIX. 



LONDON : 

I'KINII'.I) BY i:. IIOWOKTH, Hl^L VAKL', 
TliMl'Lli KAR. 



DEDICATED, 

WITH THE HIGHEST RESPECT, 
TO 

SIR THOMAS LAWRENCE, 

PRESIDENT OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY, &c. 

BY HIS MOST OBEDIENT 

AND OBLIGED HUMBLE SERVANT, 

THE EDITOR. 



PREFACE. 



THE indulgence of the Reader is requested to 
many inaccuracies and repetitions which may 
be found in these Lectures, which are now 
offered to the Public just as they were written, 
not as examples of style and elegance of com- 
position, but the results of many years' unre- 
mitting study and application, finally brought 
together for the Students of the Royal Aca- 
demy. The Editor has been, therefore, parti- 
cularly cautious of making any alterations, lest, 
in the endeavour to give a smoother turn to a 
sentence, the sense and spirit of it should be 
injured ; besides which, the Editor has too 
sacred a value for every idea and word of the 
Author to take any liberties of the kind. 



CONTENTS 



LECTURE. PAGE. 

I. ENGLISH SCULPTURE 3 

II. EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE 33 

III. GRECIAN SCULPTURE 67 

IV. SCIENCE 100 

V. BEAUTY 134 

VI. COMPOSITION 160 

VII. STYLE 196 

VIII. DRAPERY 237 

IX. ANCIENT ART 260 

X. MODERN ART. 293 






BRIEF MEMOIR 



THE AUTHOR. 



THE best history of an Artist is, undoubtedly, to be 
found in an account of some of his principal Works ; 
for in those are usually displayed the qualities of his 
mind, the nature of his studies, and the depth of 
his knowledge ; and when the subjects are chosen by 
himself, they are fair transcripts of his thoughts and 
affections, and present as true a reflex of his heart 
and mind, as a clear mirror would of the features of 
his face: and never was this more strongly exem- 
plified than in the present instance ; for in the works 
of Mr. Flaxman wherever are found the representa- 
tions of Wisdom, Magnanimity, Piety, or any of the 
Christian Virtues and Charities that exalt human 
nature, they were his own. 



x A BRIEF MEMOIR 

This excellent man, and admirable artist, was born 
on the 6th of July, 1755, in the city of York, where 
his father at that time resided, but which he quitted 
while his son was yet an infant. He very early gave 
indications of that observation and love for works 
of art, for which he was distinguished in maturer life. 
One of the first instances was shown on the coro- 
nation day of his Majesty George the Third. His 
father was going to see the procession, and the child 
begged very earnestly that he would bring one of 
the medals which were to be thrown to the populace ; 
he was not fortunate enough to get one; but, on his 
way home, happening to find a plated button bearing 
the stamp of a horse and jockey, rather than wholly 
disappoint his little boy, who then was in a very de- 
licate precarious state of health,* he ventured, though 
unwillingly, to deceive him, and gave him the button. 
The young virtuoso took it and was thankful, but 
remarked, it -was a very odd device for a coronation 
medal. He was then five years old; at this age he 
was fond of examining the seals of every watch he 
saw, whether belonging to friend or stranger, and 
kept a bit of soft wax ready to take an impression of 

* A very short time previous to this, he had been so ill, that he 
was supposed dead, and was laid out under that impression. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xi 

any which pleased him. These trivial circumstances 
are only mentioned to show how early he began the 
practice of seizing every opportunity for improve- 
ment in his art, or of acquiring any knowledge it was 
right for him to possess; indeed, it was a maxim of 
his, that " we never are too young or too old to be- 
come wiser or better." 

While yet a child he made a great number of small 
models, both in plaster-of-paris, wax, and clay; some 
of which are still preserved, and have considerable 
merit, and were certainly promises of that genius and 
talent which he faithfully kept in after-years. 

When he was about ten years of age, his health 
had greatly improved ; and, though not strong, he 
had become a lively active boy, with great enthusiasm 
of character, which chiefly displayed itself on the 
subjects of generosity, courage, and humanity : this 
enthusiasm was called forth, in a peculiar and some- 
what diverting manner, by reading Don Quixotte. 
He was so much delighted with the amiable, though 
eccentric hero, and with his account of the duties and 
honourable perils of knight-errantry, that he thought 
he could not do better than sally forth, to right 
wrongs and redress grievances; accordingly, one 
morning early, unknown to any one, armed with a 

b 2 



xii A BRIEF MEMOIR 

little French sword, (not better than a toy,) he set 
out, without a 'squire, in quest of adventures which 
fortunately he did not find. 

After wandering about Hyde Park the whole day 
without meeting enchanter or distressed damsel, not 
even a castle or drawbridge, (he being rather hungry, 
and more ashamed of his romantic flight,) returned 
home, where his unwonted absence had caused an 
agony of alarm to his parents, who had sought and 
inquired fruitlessly for him till evening. He never 
again emulated the exploits of the Knight, though he 
always retained a great admiration of his character. 

He now modelled and drew most assiduously, but 
never received more than two lessons from a master, 
being hurt at having (according to rule) a drawing of 
eyes only given him to copy, which having done, he 
showed them to Mr. Mortimer, a very clever artist, 
who asked if they were flounders ? this jest not 
being at all "encouraging, his father allowed him to 
choose his examples, and pursue his studies in his 
own way, which he did so successfully, that at the 
age of eleven years and five months he gained his 
first prize from the Society for the Encouragement of 
Arts, &c. (which was the silver pallet,) for a model. 
At thirteen he had another; and the following year 



OF THE AUTHOR. xiii 

was admitted a student at the Royal Academy, then 
newly established; and the same year received their 
silver medal. 

About this time he made an acquaintance equally 
agreeable and serviceable ; it was with a very worthy 
clergyman, whose wife was one of the most highly- 
gifted and elegant women of that day; she was the 
intimate associate of Mrs. Montague, Mrs. Barbauld, 
Mrs. Chapone, Mrs. Brooke, &c. At this house, 
where he was for many years a welcome visitor, he 
passed frequent evenings in very enlightened and de- 
lightful society; here he was encouraged in studying 
the dead languages, so necessary to him in his pro- 
fession; by acquiring these he learned to think with 
the authors, and to embody the ideas of Homer, 
Hesiod, and ^Eschylus, in a manner that no modern 
artist has exceeded.* 

Amongst his other engagements in art, he was 
much employed by Mr. Wedgewood, in modelling 
for his manufactory ; and from the good taste and 
persevering spirit of one, the genius, ability, and in- 

* During his intimacy with this excellent family Mr. Flaxman 
painted several pictures in oil ; one of which was sold at an auction 
a short time since, the subject was " OZdipus and Antigone," but 
was ignorantly described in the catalogue as " Belisarius," by Do- 
minichino. 



xiv A BRIEF MEMOIR 

dustry of the other, was produced the great improve- 
ment in every description of vase, dish, cup, &c. 
whether for use or ornament, and which has been 
acknowledged throughout the civilized world. A set 
of chessmen were the most beautiful things of the 
kind ever produced. A very highly-finished drawing 
of all the pieces, by Mr. Flaxman, is in the possession 
of the Wedgewood family. 

One of his most admired works, previous to his 
going to Italy, was a beautiful group of Venus and 
Cupid, which was executed for Mr. Knight, of Port- 
land Place ; another was a monument in Glocester 
Cathedral to the memory of Mrs. Morley, who, with 
her infant, died at sea ; the mother and her babe are 
rising from the waves, and are received by descend- 
ing angels ; it is an exquisite thing, full of that more 
than mortal beauty so proper to the subject, and at 
the same time quite affecting, from the sentiment 
and expression of the whole composition. 

In 1782 Mr. Flaxman married Miss Ann Denman, 
an amiable and accomplished woman, who accompa- 
nied him to Italy in 1787. Fortunately his wife 
possessed that intelligence of mind, and love of art, 
that her society assisted, rather than impeded, the 
progress of the Artist through the studies and diffi- 
culties of his profession. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xv 

It was not known to any but Mr. Flaxman's nearest 
connexions, what it was that determined him to visit 
Rome. The fact was this : when Sir Joshua Rey- 
nolds heard, from himself, that he was married, he 
exclaimed, "Oh, then you are ruined for an artist!" 
This observation (which was really unworthy of the 
great man who uttered it) decided what had hitherto 
been with him a question, whether he should quit 
England and study for a time in Italy. He was aware 
of the advantages attending it, and still more con- 
vinced that it was considered by the world as quite 
essential. He, therefore, began to contemplate it as 
a thing to be done, and set about closing his con- 
cerns, that is to say, finishing the works he had in 
hand, without undertaking others. At length every 
thing was concluded, and knowing that his pecuniary 
resources would allow him to go, without impru- 
dence, he resolved on ah absence of two years, a period 
he thought would be sufficient for his purpose. But 
when two years had passed away, he found that the 
business he had undertaken* would not, as yet, 
permit him to leave Rome; and one engagement 
succeeded another, until the intended absence of two 
years became seven. 

* The large group for Lord Bristol. 



xvi A BRIEF MEMOIR 

Throughout this interesting journey, as well as 
during his residence in Rome, Mr. Flaxman's appli- 
cation was incessant; whether he was drawing from 
the antique, or making studies from the living groups 
and figures abounding in the venerable city and its 
environs, each object, animate and inanimate, was 
beautiful or noble and all-inspiring ; no day was lost ; 
and, except his health and strength failed, no hour of 
the day was suffered to pass without some improve- 
ment. Here he executed a group, of Colossal size, 
consisting of four figures, for the late Lord Bristol, 
Bishop of Derry. The subject was, the fury of Atha- 
mus, from " Ovid's Metamorphoses." For this great 
work he received a sum so small that he was a con- 
siderable loser by it ; indeed, the great loss and vex- 
ation this commission brought, made the mentioning 
the subject disagreeable to him. This group, after 
several removals, first from Rome to Leghorn, and 
afterwards to Ireland, &c. has found its place in 
Ickworth House, Suffolk, the seat of the present 
Marquess of Bristol, but, unfortunately, it is but little 
seen. 

He also finished an exquisitely beautiful group, of 
smaller size, of Cephalus and Aurora, for Mr. Thomas 
Hope, which remains in that gentleman's, collection. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xvii 

In Rome he made those designs from Homer, 
yEschylus, and Dante, so much known and admired 
throughout Europe, more particularly on the Conti- 
nent. The " Iliad and Odyssey" were for the late 
Mrs. Hare ; the " Tragedies of vEschylus" for the 
excellent Dowager Countess Spencer ; and the 
" Dante" for Mr. Thomas Hope. These were all 
admirably engraved in outline by Thomas Piroli, and 
published in Rome in 1793, and subsequently in 
London. 

In 1794, Mr. Flaxman and his beloved companion 
returned to their native land,* where his first work 
was the monument of Earl Mansfield, for West- 
minster Abbey, the order for which he received pre- 
vious to his leaving Rome. The figure of the Earl 
is in his judicial robes, sitting, and in the act of 
giving judgment ; he is supported on each side by 
Wisdom and Justice, as represented by the ancients ; 



* It is not generally known in England that Mr. Flaxman, upon 
his return from Italy, having paid the duties upon several articles he 
had brought for his own study, interested himself so warmly for his 
brother-artists, that, through his representations to the proper per- 
sons, the duties were taken off from all future importations of that 
kind. This disinterested conduct was acknowledged by the gentle- 
men then studying in Rome, by a letter of thanks, bearing all their 
signatures. 



xviii A BRIEF MEMOIR 

x 

the youth behind the pedestal with the inverted 
torch is a classical personification of Death. 

About the same time, he erected a monumental 
figure of Sir Robert Ladbroke in Spitalfields church. 

In Westminster Abbey is a noble monument, with 
a statue of Captain James Montague, crowned by 
a Victory, which possesses an unusual combination 
of aerial grace with dignity. The lions on the base 
are admirable portraits of the magnificent animal 
from which they were studied, at that time living in 
the Tower; the flags behind the statue were added 
by Mr. Flaxman at his own cost, as he found they 
would greatly improve the composition, the excellence 
of the work being always, with him, a prior consi- 
deration to the profit. The removal of this monu- 
ment from its original situation in the Abbey was 
considered by Mr. Flaxman as nearly destructive of 
its effect. 

In St. Paul's, the monument of Lord Nelson has a 
striking portrait of the hero, wrapped in a pelisse, 
and leaning on an anchor ; Britannia is pointing out 
the glorious example to two young sailors. 

In the same Cathedral is a monument to Earl 
Howe; above is a sitting figure of Britannia holding 
a trident, the Earl stands below her, on her left ; the 



OF THE AUTHOR. xix 

British lion is watching by him on the other side ; 
Fame is recording the achievements of the Admiral, 
while Victory, leaning over her, places a crown on 
the lap of Britannia. 

To the memory of Captain Millar there is a basso- 
relievo of Britannia and Victory raising a medallion 
of the Captain to a palm-tree. 

There is likewise in St. Paul's a fine statue of Sir 
Joshua Reynolds. 

Perhaps the most striking family monument ever 
executed by Mr. Flaxman, was to the family of Sir 
Francis Baring, in Micheldever church, Hants; it 
consists of three distinct parts, making an extremely 
beautiful whole. In the centre is a sitting figure of 
" Resignation," inscribed " Thy will be done ;" on 
each side is a very fine alto-relievo, also from the 
Lord's Prayer ; the subject of one " Thy kingdom 
come;" the other " Deliver us from evil." The 
tranquil piety of expression in the single figure is 
finely contrasted with the terrific struggle on the one 
hand, and the extatic joyiulness of the female, who 
is assisted in rising by angelic beings, on the other. 

There are two very interesting monuments in 
Oxford to Sir William Jones, one at University Col- 
lege and one in St. Mary's church, both erected by 
his lady. 



xx A BRIEF MEMOIR 

At Christchurch, Hampshire, there is a group, of 
the late Lady Fitz-Harris and her three children; 
a most lovely representation of maternal tenderness, 
which has been much, and deservedly, admired. 
This was put up in 1817. 

A monument to the Yarborough family, at Street 
Thorpe, near York, is an alto-relievo of two females 
relieving several poor persons of different ages ; it is 
a singularly fine composition, and remarkable for the 
natural expression of each individual. 

In the same county there is a beautiful monument 
to the memory of Edward Balme, Esq. " Instruct 
the Ignorant." It is a group, in alto-relievo, of an 
aged man holding a book, in which he reads while 
a youth and a young female are attentively and affec- 
tionately listening. 

The memorial in Brington church, Northampton- 
shire, put up by Earl Spencer, to his excellent mo- 
ther, the late Dowager Countess, is a proof of how 
much beauty and real sentiment may be introduced 
into a simple composition. The monument consists 
of a tablet, having a figure of Faith at one end, and 
a group of Charity at the other; this last is one of 
the most lovely conceptions of that virtue ever seen 
in marble. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xxi 

A figure of Mrs. Tighe, (the authoress of Psyche,) 
merits the same kind of praise, as it possesses the 
same character of beauty. This went to Ireland. 

In Cookham church, Berks, the monument of Sir 
Isaac Pocock is a peculiarly affecting representation 
of the death of that Gentleman, which took place 
suddenly in a boat on the river Thames. 

" The Good Samaritan," in Layton church, Essex, 
to the memory of Bosanquet, Esq., and a monu- 
mental bas-relief to the late Mrs. Bosanquet, are very 
admirable for feeling and execution. Equally ex- 
cellent in both is an alto-relievo in St. John's 
church, Manchester, and has the peculiarity of being 
erected in the life-time of Mr. Clowes, the clergyman 
of that church, who having been fifty years their 
exemplary pastor, his parishioners wished to express 
their love and veneration while he was yet with 
them in this way : he is represented instructing, 
in their religious duties, Childhood, Maturity, and 
Age. 

In the Cathedral of Winchester there is a fine 
monument for Dr. Wharton. 

Salisbury Cathedral has two Gothic monuments, 
extremely elegant in design and delicately executed. 

In Chichester Cathedral there are many of Mr. 



xxii A BRIEF MEMOIR 

Flaxman's works ; amongst others, a small but very 
interesting monument to the memory of the poet 
Collins. 

In the city of Glasgow there are two statues, larger 
than life, of Mr. Pitt and Sir John Moore, in bronze; 
and in Edinburgh the statue of Robert Burns is to 
be placed in the Library of the University. 

Many statues and other works he executed for the 
East Indies. One was a large figure of the Raja of 
Tanjore ; a monument to the Missionary Schwartz, 
in the Raja's territory; two to Lord Cornwallis; and 
many more for private gentlemen as well as for the 
Honourable Company. And it is but justice to men- 
tion, what Mr. Flaxman frequently declared, that in 
all the works he executed for India, he constantly 
experienced the most liberal treatment, not only in 
pecuniary concerns, but in the handsome manner his 
employers expressed their entire approbation of all 
he did. The last of his works for that country was 
a statue of the Marquis Hastings, upon an embel- 
lished pedestal, now on its way to Calcutta. This 
was done by private subscription, and was not quite 
finished in marble at the time of Mr. Flaxman's 
decease, but has been completed under the inspec- 
tion and care of Mr. T. Denman, his pupil and 



OF THE AUTHOR. xxiii 

brother-in-law; who has also erected the statue of 
Mr. Kemble in Westminster Abbey, which was one 
of the works in hand when the Artist was taken from 
this life. 

Mr. Flaxman's grandest work in this country, was 
the group of the Archangel Michael and Satan, for 
the Earl of Egremont, and was one of the last pro- 
ductions of the Sculptor. This is a work which, in 
after ages, will be a glory to the nation, to the me- 
mory of the Artist, and the name of the truly noble 
proprietor, who, besides this group, has a Pastoral 
Apollo, the size of life, the grace and beauty of which 
are admirable. 

The Shield of Achilles is a proof of the high clas- 
sical knowledge, the perfect acquaintance with the 
human figure, and the truly poetic spirit of him who 
made the composition. For the variety of its beau- 
ties, and its skilful execution, it is unrivalled, and 
truly worthy of adorning the palace of a sovereign. 
It reflects infinite credit on the taste and spirit of 
Messrs. Rundell and Bridge, to have been the means 
of producing this magnificent work of art. 

The friezes on the front of Co vent Garden Theatre 
were designed by Mr. Flaxman ; one of them and 
the figure of Comedy were executed by him. 



xxiv A BRIEF MEMOIR 

It is not possible to give a list of all the works of 
Mr. Flaxman; those now presented to the public 
were selected as having most interest, though a great 
number of admirable things must necessarily be 
omitted.* 

It will be right to mention in this place, that the 
very last work of his hand was making the drawings 
for all the principal embellishments on the exterior 
of Buckingham Palace, and had his life been longer 
spared, he was, at the particular desire of His Ma- 
jesty, to have executed as many of them as he could 
undertake, and to have directed the remainder. He 
took great delight in making the designs, and looked 
forward with an anxious pleasure to his task but 
Infinite Wisdom ordered it otherwise. 



In 1797 Mr. Flaxman was elected an Associate of 
the Royal Academy ; in 1800 Academician ; and in 

* Among the latter works of Mr. Flaxman are two small, but 
beautiful, figures of Cupid and Psyche, done for Mr. Rogers ; and 
two others, of equal beauty, though different style, for Sir Thomas 
Lawrence, of Michael Angelo and Raffaelle : with these should be 
mentioned two exquisite bas-relievos from Milton, the models for 
which were finished by Mr. Flaxman, and one of them is in a state 
of considerable forwardness in marble. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xxv 

1810 he was appointed Professor of Sculpture,* in 
the Royal Academy, where he gave his Lectures every 
season, with but few omissions, until the last year of 
his life, 1826, when his health only permitted him to 
deliver one. He had, however, written a new one, 
" On Modern Sculpture," which it has been judged 
right to publish ; it is the tenth, and last in the vo- 
lume. 

During the Peace of 1802, when Paris was visited 
by a great number of English, Mr. Flaxman went also, 
for the purpose of seeing again those fine things he 
had studied with so much advantage in Italy. Many 
of his countrymen were at that time introduced to the 
First Consul, but he refused being one of the number, 
as he could not submit to pay homage (even for a 
few minutes) to the man who was the enemy of his 
country and his King! He also declined, while in 

* The Professorship of Sculpture was the first in this country, 
and instituted expressly for Mr. Flaxman, who dedicated most of his 
evenings to writing the Lectures and making the drawings for them. 
Few persons can conceive how much time and study he devoted to 
this purpose. These drawings remain in the possession of his fa- 
mily, as well as a great number of others, studies from nature, and 
designs from various authors, some of them beautifully finished. 



xxvi A BRIEF MEMOIR 

this capital, meeting a celebrated French Artist, 
whose talents he admired, but of whose political con- 
duct and principles he had an abhorrence ; indeed, it 
was an invariable rule with him, abroad and at home, 
to shun, with the greatest care, the society of persons, 
however brilliant and clever, when he was once con- 
vinced that their moral and religious opinions were 
inimical to the laws of their country and their God. 
By this conduct he preserved a purity of heart and 
character rarely to be met with ; it was this purity 
of heart which inspired the delightful cheerfulness 
and amenity of manner that won the affection of the 
young and gay, as well as the respect and friendship 
of those of equal years ; the more intimately he was 
known, the more he was beloved.* 

Well might Sir Thomas Lawrence say, in his most 
eloquent and feeling address to the students, that the 
death of this exemplary man was " a deep and irre- 
parable loss to Art! to his Country ! and to Europe !" 



* In 1 820 Mr. Flaxman lost his wife, which was the severest trial 
he ever experienced, and called for all his pious and humble sub- 
mission to the will of Providence to support as became his cha- 
racter. 



OF THE AUTHOR. xxvii 

But still deeper and more irreparable was this loss 
in the little " circle of affection" with whom he lived 
and died. He was always prepared for the termina- 
tion of his mortal pilgrimage; this (for him) happy 
change took place on the 7th of December, 1826, 
having entered the seventy-second year of his age. 



LECTURE I. 



INTRODUCTION. 



MR. PRESIDENT, 

AND GENTLEMEN, 

IT is not unknown to you that, in the institution 
of the Royal Academy, the cultivation and 
encouragement of Painting, Sculpture, and 
Architecture, were proposed to be supported 
by means arising from the public exhibition of 
original works in those arts. Schools were 
formed for their practice, and Lectures ap- 
pointed for instruction in their principles ; but 
as the study of Sculpture was at that time con- 
fined within narrow limits, so the appointment 
of a Professorship in that art was not required, 
until the increasing taste of the country had 



2 INTRODUCTION. 

given great popularity to the art itself, and 
native achievements had called on the powers 
of native Sculpture to celebrate British Heroes 
and Patriots. 

The Members of the Royal Academy in this, 
as in all other public acts, have proved their 
liberality and patriotism, and it will be no easy 
task for the person, called to this situation, to 
prove himself worthy of the confidence he has 
been honoured with ; it remains with him, 
however, to exert his best endeavours, in a full 
reliance for support on the same kindness and 
indulgence which raised him to an exercise of 
the duty. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 

THE arts of Design, considered as portions, 
extend their relations and use through the 
whole circle of knowledge ; they embody ideas, 
demonstrate the affections and passions ; they 
exhibit the human figure in the highest state of 
conceivable perfection, and in all its circum- 
stances of variety and gradation. The more 
common purposes of these arts are to illustrate 
the several branches of science, from the sim- 
plest elements to the most complicated forms 
and exertions ; but their superior concerns 
appeal to the intellect and the reason, by the 
representation of superior natures, divine doc- 
trines and history, the perpetuation of noble 
acts, and assisting in the elevation of our minds 
towards that excellence for which they were 
originally intended. 

Painting is honoured with precedence, be- 
cause Design, or Drawing, is more particularly 

u 2 



4 LECTURE I. 

and extensively employed in illustration of his- 
tory. Sculpture immediately follows in the 
enumeration, because the two arts possess the 
same common principles, expressed by Paint- 
ing in colour, and by Sculpture in form. 

This art, in the early ages of most nations, 
has been chiefly employed in the service of 
religion, as the symbolical representations of 
divine attributes and characteristics abundantly 
testify, in Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Persia, and 
ancient Greece ; even among the Jews, who 
were particularly restricted concerning the use 
of images, on account of their proneness to 
idolatry, two figures of cherubim were placed 
by divine command in the " Holy of Holies," 
extending their wings over the ark, which con- 
tained the C9venant between God and man. 

If any other testimony were requisite con- 
cerning the estimation in which Painting and 
Sculpture were held among the ancients, it 
might be summed up in these observations, 
that Plato studied painting, Socrates was a 
sculptor by profession, and Aristotle may be 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 5 

numbered among the patrons of art, as well as 
his pupil Alexander, as we learn from the Phi- 
losopher's will, that he ordered various monu- 
mental statues to be made of his friends and 
relations. This esteem was so general, that 
not only the best, but the worst characters of 
antiquity, sought reputation from affecting to 
encourage, and even to practise them. A fur- 
ther consideration of the state and employment 
of sculpture among the ancients, particularly 
the Greeks and Romans, will be necessarily 
connected with its compendious general his- 
tory and principles in future discourses, and 
which may be introduced in the present Lec- 
ture, by a sketch of its progress in our own 
country. 

Among the ancient Britons, whose dress was 
a bonnet, hair cloak, tunic, and long drawers ; 
whose dwellings were huts, and whose cities 
were woods enclosed by ramparts and ditches, 
little progress could be expected in the art of 
sculpture ; and indeed no other proofs are come 



6 LECTURE I. 

down to us that they had any, excepting some 
rude coins, apparently imitations of the Tyrian 
or Carthaginian, with which countries they 
had commercial intercourse. 

When the Romans had conquered the island, 
the inhabitants, in imitation of their conquerors, 
built temples, courts of justice, baths, and all 
other structures, both public and private, the 
magnificence of which is not only learned from 
historians, but proved from immense remains 
of foundations and Mosaic pavements found 
in various parts of the kingdom, with fragments 
of statues, groups, sarcophagi, and sepulchral 
stones, of different ages and workmanship ; on 
which, however, these remarks may be offered, 
that all those works found in Britain, and 
which we believe were actually performed 
here, are inferior, both as .to principles and 
execution, to those done by the Romans in 
their own country at the same period, which is 
to be accounted for thus ; the inhabitants of 
Britain were instructed in the arts of peace by 
soldiers, whose knowledge of them was very 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 7 

inferior to their military skill, or by such artists 
of little estimation as could be well spared 
from Rome or other Italian cities. 

Two heads of bronze statues, a Minerva and 
Diana, found in Bath, are examples of sculp- 
ture here during the Roman dominion. The 
statues, to which these heads belonged, are 
believed to have been the objects of worship in 
temples dedicated to those goddesses, formerly 
existing in that city ; nor is it impossible that 
they were British sculpture, as they are cer- 
tainly indifferent copies from fine original 
busts. 

The Britons continued to practise the art of 
casting magnificent works in bronze upwards 
of 200 years after the departure of the Romans, 
according to Speed, who says, " that King 
Cadwollo being buried in St. Martin's Church 
near Ludgate, his image great and terrible, tri- 
umphantly riding on horseback, artificially cast 
in brass, was placed on the western gate of the 
city, to the further fear and terror of the 



8 LECTURE I. 

Saxons !" We must not, however, understand, 
from this bold and poetical description of Cad- 
wollo's statue, that its expression was the result 
of its excellence. If it was terrible as well as 
great, that characteristic was the consequence 
of its barbarous workmanship ; for in the year 
677, when Cadwollo died, the Goths, Franks, 
Lombards, and other uncivilized nations, had 
nearly exterminated the liberal arts in Europe. 

The following general miscellaneous remarks 
may be properly offered in this place on Ro- 
man-British Antiquities. 

Of the Roman altars and sepulchral tablets 
found in Britain, carved in native stone, the 
workmanship is extremely rude, like that done 
in Italy under the Gothic and Lombard kings. 
This observation will include the architectural 
fragments, as well as human figures in basso- 
relievo, found at Bath, and belonging to the 
temples of Minerva and Diana in that city; 
notwithstanding these temples must have been 
raised before the time of Constantine the Great, 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 9 

when the Christian religion became the religion 
of the empire, after which, it is not likely 
Pagan temples of any consequence were erected 
under the Roman government, if we except the 

short reiffn of Julian. 

~ 

In most of the Roman Mosaics found in 
Britain, the principal object of the design is a 
Bacchus, or an Orpheus playing on his lyre ; 
those Mosaics with the Bacchus are of the best 
design and workmanship, for which this reason 
may be given, that the Bacchus Musagetes 
was frequently introduced, before the time of 
Alexander Severus, in sarcophagi and other 
works, that divinity being much liked by the 
Romans, as Patron of the Drama ; conse- 
quently those Mosaics are likely to have been 
done in the course of 170 years, between the 
reign of Domitian, when the Britons adopted 
the buildings and decorations of the Romans, 
and the year 240, when the Orphic philosophy 
spread its influence in the Roman empire. 
From this period, to the year 336, the repre- 
sentations of Orpheus may be dated, after 



10 LECTURE I. 

which time they were succeeded by Christian 
characters and symbols. 

Fragments of cups and pateras have been 
found in Cambridge, Colchester, and other 
places, made of fine red clay, baked and glazed, 
adorned with basso-relievos, beautifully mo- 
delled, of Mercury, Apollo, Venus, and other 
heathen deities, from large statues still exist- 
ing, with fine scenic masks, boars, dogs, &c. 
These were certainly brought from Italy, be- 
cause great number of similar fragments, evi- 
dently from the same moulds, are found in 
Rome and its vicinity. 

The Roman coins of Dioclesian, Probus, 
Licinius, Constantine, his sons, &c. gave ex- 
amples for diadems, helmets, dress, and the 
manner of representing busts of their kings, 
upon the Saxon pennies. 

The Roman dress continued in general use 
in England to the reign of Henry III. which 
was highly favourable to Painting and Sculp- 
ture, in affording a beautiful variety of folds, 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 11 

and showing the body and limbs advanta- 
geously. 

The Saxons destroyed the works of Roman 
grandeur in Britain, burnt the cities from sea 
to sea, and reduced the country to barbarism 
again; but when these invaders were settled 
in their new possessions, they erected poor 
and clumsy imitations of the Roman buildings 
themselves had ruined.* 

The Saxon Painting is rather preferable to 
their Sculpture, which, whether intended to 
represent the human or brutal figure, is fre- 



* In the beginning of the sixth century, when the Franks 
and Germans began to establish themselves in Gaul, they 
buried their sovereigns in plain stone coffins, without any ex- 
terior distinction or inscription, the name of the deceased being 
written on the inside of the cover. This was done to prevent 
the tomb being violated for the sake of jewels and other valua- 
bles which accompanied the royal corpse, a common prac- 
tice in those unsettled barbarous times. Afterwards, in the 
reign of Charlemagne, who was contemporary with our King 
Edgar, the French began to decorate the outside of their 
tombs with statues of the deceased and other ornaments, bear- 
ing some resemblance to Roman manner. These are the ac- 
counts of the best French Antiquaries, Montfaucon, Buillant, 
and Felibien; and they may be understood as invariable. 



12 LECTURE I. 

quently both horrible and burlesque. The 
buildings erected in England, from the settle- 
ment of the Saxons to the reign of Henry I. 
continued nearly the same plain, heavy repeti- 
tions of columns and arches. So little was 
Sculpture employed by them, that no sepul- 
chral statue is known in England before the 

o 

time of William the Conqueror. 

Immediately after the Norman Conquest 
figures of the deceased were carved, in bas- 

o 

relief, on their grave-stones ; examples of which 
may be seen in the cloisters of Westminster 
Abbey, representing two abbots of that church, 
and in Worcester Cathedral those of St. Oswald 
and Bishop Wulstan.* 

The Crusaders returned from the Holy 
Wars ; eager to imitate the arts and magnifi- 
cence of other countries, they began to deco- 
rate the architecture with rich foliage, and to 
introduce statues against the columns, as we 
find in the west door of Rochester Cathedral, 
built in the reign of Henry I. 

* Plate I. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 13 

Architecture now improved ; Sculpture also 
became popular. The custom of carving a 
figure of the deceased in bas-relief on the tomb 
seems likely to have been brought from France, 
where it was continued in imitation of the Ro- 
mans. Figures placed against columns might 
also be copied from examples in that country, 
of which one remarkable instance was a door 
in the Church of St. Germain de Prez in Paris, 
containing several statues of the ancient kings 
of France, projecting from columns ; a work 
of the 10th century, of which there are prints 
in Montfaucon's Antiquities. 

Sculpture continued to be practised with 
such zeal and success, that in the reign of 
Henry III. efforts were made deserving our 
respect and attention at this day. 

Bishop Joceline rebuilt the Cathedral Church 
of Wells from the pavement; which having 
lived to finish and dedicate, he died, in the 
year of our Lord 1242. The west front of this 
church equally testifies the piety and compre- 
hension of the bishop's mind ; the sculpture 



14 LECTURE 1. 

presents the noblest, most useful and interest- 
ing subjects possible to be chosen. On the 
south side, above the west door, are alto-re- 
lievos of the Creation,* in its different parts, 
the Deluge, and important acts of the Patri- 
archs. -f- Companions to these on the north 
side, are alto-relievos of the principal circum- 
stances in the life of our Saviour. Above 
these are two rows of statues larger than na- 
ture, in niches, of kings, queens, and nobles, 
patrons of the church, saints, bishops, and 
other religious, from its first foundation to the 
reign of Henry III. Near the pediment is 
our Saviour come to Judgment, attended by 
angels and his twelve apostles. The upper 
arches on each side, along the whole of the 
west front, and continued in the north and 
south ends, are occupied by figures rising from 
their graves, strongly expressing the hope, 

^ There are many compositions of the Almighty creating 
Eve, by Giotto, Buon Amico, Buffalmaco, Ghiberti, and Mi- 
chael Angelo. This is certainly the oldest, and not inferior to 
any of the others. Plate II. 
t Plates III. and IV. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 15 

fear, astonishment, stupefaction, or despair, 
inspired by the presence of the Lord and 
Judge of the world, in that awful moment. 

In speaking of the execution of such a work, 
due regard must be paid to the circumstances 
under which it was produced, in comparison 
with those of our own times. There were nei- 
ther prints, nor printed books, to assist the 
Artist ; the Sculptor could not be instructed in 
Anatomy, for there were no Anatomists. Some 
knowledge of Optics, and a glimmering of 
Perspective, were reserved for the researches 
of so sublime a genius as Roger Bacon, some 
years afterwards. A small knowledge of Geo- 
metry and Mechanics was exclusively confined 
to two or three learned Monks, in the whole 
country ; and the principles of those sciences, 
as applied to the figure and motion of man 
and inferior animals, were known to none ! 
Therefore this work is necessarily ill drawn, 
and deficient in principle, and much of the 
sculpture is rude and severe; yet, in parts, 



16 LECTURE I. 

there is a beautiful simplicity, an irresistible 
sentiment, and sometimes a grace, excelling 
more modern productions. 

It is very remarkable that Wells Cathedral 
was finished in 1242, two years after the birth 
of Cimabue, the restorer of Painting in Italy ; 
and the work was going on at the same time 
that Nicolo Pisano, the Italian restorer of 
Sculpture, exercised the art in his own coun- 
try : it was also finished forty-six years before 
the Cathedral of Amiens, and thirty-six years 
before the Cathedral of Orvieto was begun ; 
and it seems to be the first specimen of such 
magnificent and varied sculpture, united in a 
series of sacred history, that is to be found in 
Western Europe. It is therefore probable 
that the general idea of the work might be 
brought from the East, by some of the Crusa- 
ders. But there are two arguments strongly 
in favour of the execution being English ; the 
family name of the Bishop is English, " Joce- 
line Troteman -" and the style, both of sculp- 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 17 

ture and architecture, is wholly different from 
the Tombs of Edward the Confessor and 
Henry III., which were by Italian artists. 

The reign of Edward I. produced a new 
species of monument. When Eleanor, the 
beloved wife of that monarch died, who had 
been his heroic and affectionate companion in 
the Holy War, he raised stone crosses of mag- 
nificent architecture, adorned with statues of 
his departed queen, wherever her corpse rested 
on the way to its interment in Westminster 
Abbey. Three of these crosses still remain, at 
Northampton, Geddington, and Waltham ;* 
the statues have considerable simplicity and 
delicacy; they partake of the character and 
grace particularly cultivated in the school of 
Pisano, and it is not unlikely, as the sepulchral 
statue and tomb of Henry III. were executed 
by Italians, that these statues of Queen Eleanor 
might be done by some of the numerous tra- 
velling scholars from Pisano's school. 

The long and prosperous reign of Edward III. 

* Plate V. 



18 LECTURE I. 

was as favourable to literature and liberal arts, 
as to the political and commercial interests of 
the country. So generally were painting, 
sculpture, and architecture encouraged and 
employed, that, besides the buildings raised in 
this reign, few sacred edifices existed which 
did not receive additions and decorations. The 
richness, novelty, and beauty of architecture 
may be seen in York* and Gloucester Cathe- 
drals, and many of our other churches ; besides 
the extraordinary fancy displayed in various 
intricate and diversified figures which form the 
mullions of windows, they were occasionally 
enriched with a profusion of foliage and histo- 
rical sculpture, equally surprising for beauty 
and novelty. 

In the chancel of Dorcester Church, near 
Oxford, are three windows of this kind ; one 
of which, besides rich foliage, is adorned with 
twenty-eight small statues relating to the ge- 
nealogy of our Saviour, and the other two with 
alto-relievos from acts of his life. 

* Plate VI. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 19 

It would be endless endeavouring to enume- 
rate the various examples of the passion for 
sculpture which prevailed in this age. In the 
Lady Chapel of Norwich Cathedral all the 
key-stones, twenty or thirty in number, are 
beautiful alto-relievos from the Virgin Mary's 
life: three sides of the cloister, belongins: to 

7 O o 

the same church, have key-stones, (perhaps 
one hundred and fifty in number,) represent- 
ing principal passages from the Old Testament 
as well as the New. 

There is a frieze of historical subjects en- 
tirely round St. Mary's Church, belonging to 
Ely Cathedral. 

The monuments of Aylmer de Valence, Earl 
of Pembroke, and Edmund Crouchback, in 
Westminster Abbey, are specimens of the 
magnificence of such works in the age we are 
speaking of: the loftiness of the work, the 
number of arches and pinnacles, the lightness 
of the spires, the richness and profusion of 
foliage and crockets, the solemn repose of the 
principal statue, representing the deceased in 



20 , LECTURE I. 

his last prayer for mercy to the Throne of 
Grace, the delicacy of thought in the group of 
angels bearing the soul, and the tender senti- 
ment of concern variously expressed in the re- 
lations, ranged in order round the basement, 
forcibly arrest the attention, and carry the 
thoughts not only to other ages, but other states 
of existence. 

It is a gratification to know that the prin- 
cipal sculptors and painters, employed by 
Edw. III. in his Collegiate Church, (St. Ste- 
phen's,) now the House of Commons, were 
Englishmen. In Mr. J. T. Smith's History of 
Westminster Palace, we have many of those 
artist's names.* 

Besides several other works in the reign of 
Henry VI., three deserve to be particularly 
mentioned. 

Two statues, King Henry on one side, and 
Archbishop Chichely on the other, with a 
basso-relievo of the Resurrection between 

* Michael, the sculptor ; Master Walter, John of Sonning- 
ton, John of Carlisle, Roger of Winchester, &c. painters. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 21 

them, over the door of All Soul's College, in 
the High Street, Oxford. 

The king's statue has great purity of cha- 
racter, with a peculiar delicacy and grace in 
the hands, both of which hold the sceptre. 
The basso-relievo has been carefully defaced, 
but seems to have possessed merit. 

The second of these works is an arch, in 
Westminster Abbey, which passes from the 
back of Henry V/s tomb over the steps of 
Henry VII. 's chapel. This arch is adorned 
with upwards of fifty statues : the centre group, 
on the north face, represents the coronation of 
Henry V., the lines of figures on each side, his 
nobles attending the ceremony. On the south 
face of the arch, the central object is the king 
on horseback, armed cap-a-pie, riding full 
speed, attended by the companions of his ex- 
pedition. The sculpture is bold and charac- 
teristic, the equestrian group is furious and 
warlike, the standing figures have a natural 
sentiment in their actions, and simple gran- 



22 LECTURE I. 

deur in their draperies, such as we admire in 
the paintings of Raphael or Massaccio. 

The third of these works is the monument of 
Richard Beauchamp, Earl of Warwick, in St. 
Mary's Church, Warwick : a gilt bronze figure 
of the earl in the act of prayer, lies on a richly 
ornamented marble pedestal, round which are 
several beautiful small gilt bronze statues, 
standing in niches supporting canopies over 
them. The figures are so natural and grace- 
ful, the architecture so rich and delicate, that 
they are excelled by nothing done in Italy of 
the same kind at this time, although Donatello 
and Ghiberti were living when this tomb was 
executed, in the year 1439-* 

But the building, of all others most intended 
for a receptacle and display of sculpture, which 
former ages'have left in England for our admi- 



* Monument in St. Mary's Church, Warwick. The mason, 
Thomas Essex ; the sculptor and founder was William Austin 
of London. Prints, and a description of this monument, in 
the 2d vol. of Gough's Sepulchral Monuments. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 23 

ration, is the Lady Chapel of Westminster 
Abbey, built by Henry VII. to receive his 
tomb. It has been said the number of statues, 
within and without this chapel, amounted to 
three thousand ! perhaps many of these have 
been destroyed, and in that number every half 
figure, or animal, may have been reckoned ; 
but certainly, even at this day, the number is 
very great, and it is another marvellous ex- 
ample of the astonishing estimation and em- 
ployment of sculpture in this kingdom before 
the Reformation. Many interesting particu- 
lars concerning this chapel and tomb, from 
original documents, are given in Britton's 
Architectural Antiquities ; from which, and 
the Life of Torrigiano by Vasari, we may con- 
clude that artist was employed on the tomb 
only, and had no concern with the building or 
the statues with which it is embellished. The 
structure appears to have been finished or 
nearly so, before Torrigiano began the tomb ; 
and there is reason to think that he did not 
stay in this country more than six years, which 



24 LECTURE I. 

time would be nearly, if not quite, taken up 
in the execution of the tomb and some other 
statues about it, now destroyed, together with 
the rich pedestal and enclosure. The archi- 
tecture of the tomb has a mixture of Roman 
arches and decoration, very different from the 
arches of the chapel, which are all pointed ; 
the figures of the tomb have a better propor- 
tion and drawing, in the naked, than those of 
the chapel ; but the figures of the chapel are 
very superior in natural simplicity and gran- 
deur of character and drapery.* 

From these differences in style, from the in- 
dentures with Torrigiano relating to the tomb 
only, and not to the chapel, and from the 
names of several English artists, painters, 
sculptors, founders, and masons, being men- 
tioned in the" documents, who were not con- 
cerned in Torrigiano's engagement, we may 
presume the chapel and its sculptures were 
native productions. 

After the observations on this build ins:, we. 

O' 

* Plates VII. and VIII. 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 25 

must take a long farewell of such noble and 

o 

magnificent efforts of art, in raising which the 
intention of our ancestors was to add a solem- 
nity to religious worship, to impress on the 
mind those virtues which adorn and exalt 
humanity. 

The greater number of these structures are 
already gone !- the remaining few are daily 
crumbling into ruins ! and with what are their 
places to be supplied ? 

The reign of Henry VIII., and those imme- 
diately succeeding him, were employed in 
settling disputes of faith by public executions ; 
as either of the contending religious parties 
prevailed, this mutual and undistinguishing 
spirit of persecution extended to the equal 
destruction of man and his ingenious labours. 

In the year 1538, Henry VIII. issued an 
injunction, that all images which had been 
worshipped, or to which idle pilgrimages had 
been made, should be taken down and removed 
from the churches. And in the reign of 
Edward VI., in the year 1541, his uncle the 



26 LECTURE I. 

Duke of Somerset, the Protector, and Council, 
ordered all images, without distinction, to be 
thrown down and destroyed. This was under- 
stood, and executed, on pictures as well as 
sculpture ; and there is good reason to believe 
that we are indebted to the immense number 
of these works, which tired the patience of 
their enemies before their destruction was 
completed, for what remains of them at this 
day. 

Had the popes of the fifteenth and sixteenth 
centuries been actuated by the same icono- 
clastic fury against the remains of Greek and 
Roman superstition, we should have been un- 
acquainted with the Apollo Belvidere, the 
Venus of Praxiteles, the Laocoon, the Niobe 
Family, and the other wonders of Grecian art. 

Henry VIII. , however, in the beginning of 
his reign, ordered Peter Torrigiano to make 
for him, and his queen, one of the most magni- 
ficent sepulchral monuments ever conceived, 
and surpassing every thing of the kind in the 
modern world. Although it was not intended 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 27 

to be so large as that, designed by Michel 
Angelo for Julius II., proposed to occupy the 
pavement under the cupola of St. Peter's in 
Rome, yet in richness, and the number of 
figures, would have much excelled it. The 

o 

height was to have been twenty-seven feet, the 
breadth twenty, and the depth fifteen. Two 
steps were to support the whole work, then a 
basement of white marble, ornamented with 
basso-relievos of the life of our Saviour, then 
two pedestals on the basement, supporting sta- 
tues of the king and queen as if asleep ; between 
them a third pedestal was to rise above them, 
supporting the king's statue, completely armed, 
on horseback ; over this a decorated triumphal 
arch. Over the figures of the king and queen, 
on each side, a sort of temple, between the 
columns of which were to be statues of the 
fourteen Prophets of the Old Testament, with 
basso-relievos of their stories, and angels hold- 
ing their names, the twelve Apostles, and four 
doctors of the church, with their angels and 
acts ; at the corners of the tomb, the four car- 



28 LECTURE I. 

dinal virtues ; a chorus of angels, twenty in 
number, on the parapet above ; with other sta- 
tues, 133 in all, and 43 basso-relievos of gilt 
bronze, with 20 columns in the architecture, 
of porphyry, oriental alabaster, and serpentine 
marble. The particulars of this magnificent 
work are preserved in Speed's History of Eng- 
land, taken from the explanation of a drawing 
the king had approved. 

The commands for destroying sacred paint- 
ing and sculpture effectually prevented the 
artist from suffering his mind to rise in the 
contemplation or execution of any sublime 
effort, as he dreaded a prison or the stake, and 
reduced him in future to the miserable mimickry 
of monstrous fashions, or drudgery in the 
lowest mechanism of his profession ! 

This unfortunate check to our national ability 
for liberal art, occurred at a time which offered 
the most fortunate and extraordinary assistance 
to its progress. The lately discovered art of 
printing began to enlighten the European 
hemisphere with the beams of knowledge in all 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 29 

directions ; copies of the Bible were generally 
dispersed ; the philosophy of Plato and Aris- 
totle were understood and well illustrated; 
mathematics were successfully studied ; so was 
anatomy ; linear perspective had been, in a 
great measure, perfected by Paul Uccello, the 
Florentine, some time before. These advan- 
tages did much towards the formation of Man- 

o 

tegna, Raphael, Michel Angelo, Titian, De 
Vinci, and Correggio, in common with the 
great scientific and literary luminaries of the 
same period, among whom we may boast our 
Bacon, Shakespeare, Spenser, and afterwards 
John Milton. But the genius of fanaticism 
and destruction arrested our progress ; the ico- 
noclastic spirit continued, more or less miti- 
gated, till its great explosion during the Civil 
Wars, when violence and barbarity became so 
disgustingly shocking in all respects, that we 
shall quit the subject entirely ; let it suffice to 
say, after the spirit of liberal art had been ex- 
tinguished among the natives, it was found 
necessary to engage celebrated artists from 



30 LECTURE I. 

other countries. Holbein, Rubens, and Van- 
dyke, are the greatest names among the 
painters ; the sculptors are of less note. Stee- 
vens the Hollander, with De Vere and others 
from the Netherlands, Caius Gibber, the 
sculptor of the kings at the Royal Exchange, 
the bas-relief on the London Monument, and 
the mad figures on the piers of Bedlam gates ; 
Scheemacher, employed on the sculpture of 
St. Paul's, and Roubiliac, whose works are 
justly admired for life and nature, though their 
value is diminished by epigrammatic conceit 
and frequent meanness of parts. 

Yet during the abasement of native art, 
instances were not wanting of men who might 
have risen to excellence in more favourable 
times. Christmas executed a monument to 
Sir William Pitt and his lady, at Stratfieldsay, 
Hants, which partakes much of Vandyke's 
manner. Stone, who was mason to King 
Charles I., made a monument for a Mr. Holies, 
of the Newcastle family, near Lady Night- 
ingale's in Westminster Abbey, which has a 



ENGLISH SCULPTURE. 31 

grandeur of conception by no means common 
at that time. 

Our purpose has been, in this Lecture, to 
show that ability has not been wanting to excel 
in Sculpture, whenever it has not been pre- 
vented by outward circumstances. This has 
been proved by monuments still in existence, 
the wrecks only of those prodigious destruc- 
tions which succeeded each other, without 
intermission, from the reign of Henry VIII. to 
that of Charles II. From these wrecks we 
prove, that from the time Nicolo and John 
Pisano restored sculpture in Italy, soon after 
the year 1200, and before the birth of Cimabue, 
the Italian restorer of painting, to the reign of 
Henry VII., we have works of sculpture done 
in England, in some cases possibly by English 
artists, in other, and most important instances, 
certainly by Englishmen, whose names are on 
record, and whose works may be compared 
with those of the best Italian artists of the 
same times. We have likewise seen, since the 



32 LECTURE I. 

establishment of the Royal Academy has af- 
forded an advantageous school for study, under 
the auspices of our gracious sovereign George 
III., that we have had a sculptor in the late 
Mr. Banks, whose works have eclipsed the 
most, if not all, of his continental contempora- 
ries. Further testimony might be added of 
works by living artists, which have been 
admired by foreigners, and have raised the 
British School of Sculpture to distinguished 
eminence in Europe. 

We may, therefore, fairly conclude, that 
whatever attention and encouragement this 
Institution has bestowed on the Art of Sculp- 
ture, has not only been honourable to the 
Academy, but advantageous to the Country. 



LECTURE II. 

EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 



IN tracing man's early progress and improve- 
ment, the most authentic knowledge is obtained 
from the Bible, not only in religion, but in 
civilization and arts. In this sacred volume is 
also a register of patriarchal history, contain- 
ing accounts of the neighbouring nations long 
before any other written information that has 
come down to us. In the Book of Exodus, we 
are told of Laban's teraphim or images, and the 
golden calf, made by Aaron and the Israelites, 
which they worshipped during the absence of 
Moses on the mount. This violent tendency 
to idolatry accounts for the strict injunctions, 
under which they were bound, by divine com- 
mand, not to worship any image : whilst the 
same authority commanded statues of cherubim 

D 



34 LECTURE II. 

to extend their wings over the Ark of the 
Covenant, and that the .veil of the tabernacle 
should be adorned with cherubim. This proves 
the command was not against the images them- 
selves, but the abuse of them to impious and 
idolatrous purposes, and, on the contrary, is a 
testimony of approbation of such works, when 
representing the ministers of God's providence, 
or the guardians of his holy laws ; and indeed 
it is a most gratifying reflection to a practi- 
tioner of the sister arts, that the Almighty con- 
descended to employ them as the handmaids 
of religion, and that he particularly inspired 
Aholiab and Bezaliel to produce the most 
admirable and lively decorations of angelic 
forms for his tabernacle. Of these nothing 
remains but description ; all the glories of 
Solomon's Temple, and that raised after the 
captivity, with all their beauty and splendour, 
are swept away by the same appointment which 
decreed the Jews should no longer be a nation. 
Were we to search with the most scrutinizing 
diligence for some specimens of ancient Jewish 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 35 

art, only three could be produced, the piece 
of money called a shekel, bearing a cup on one 
side, and an almond branch on the other ; the 
candlestick with seven branches ; and the table 
of shew-bread, on a bas-relief under the arch 
of Titus. The porticos of tombs in Palestine, 
which have been published, bear a strong 
appearance of Greek restoration. 

The magnificent sitting golden Jupiter in the 
Temple of Jupiter Belus in Babylon, the statue 
of the Tyrian Hercules, and other Divinities of 
Sidon and the neighbouring cities, are only to 
be found at present in the ancient writers, and 
what they were it is impossible for us to judge, 
unless we may form some conjecture from ana- 
logy with Egyptian art, concerning which infor- 
mation is copious and examples abundant. 

Herodotus, an author of the most respectable 
integrity and diligence, informs us, " the 
Egyptians erected the first altars and temples 
to the gods, and carved the figures of animals 
on stone," and the great number and variety 
of Egyptian sculptures remaining, from the 



36 LECTURE II. 

most rude to the most perfect, give us reason 
to believe we have specimens from the earliest 
to the latest of their productions. 

The amazing power of this country,* which, 
in the time of their king Amasis, contained 
20,000 populous cities ; their reputation of 
being the wisest nation of antiquity, and on 
that account visited by Orpheus, Homer, 
Thales, Pythagoras, Plato, and others distin- 
guished for wisdom ; the Pyramids, the Lake 
Moeris, and other stupendous works and build- 
ings, of which five immense palaces, and thirty- 
four temples, still remain to astonish posterity j-f- 
the universal and profuse employment of 
sculpture in colossal and minute dimensions, 
for public and domestic purposes, for the ser- 
vice of the living and the dead ; all induce us 
to inquire into the principles and quality of 
their productions. We have not only the 
written accounts by ancient authors, but the 
demonstrative evidence of remaining works, 

O ' 

* Herodotus, Euterpe. 

t Citizen Ripand's Report, p. 9- 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 37 

that almost the whole of their sculpture was 
sacred ; that is, representations of divine qua- 
lities, attributes, and personifications ; with the 
exception of the historical series in their tombs 
and palaces. 

Herodotus mentions two statues, one placed 
before the Temple of Vulcan at Memphis, the 
other in the City of Sais, by King Amasis, 
each of which was seventy-five feet long. 

The colossal Sphinx,* near the great Pyramid, 
rises twenty-five feet, although it is nearly 
buried up to the gullet in sand. 

The sitting statues of Memnon, the mother 
and son of Osmandue, at Thebes, are each 
fifty-eight feet high. To these we might add a 
catalogue of similar works, known by remain- 
ing fragments, or described by authors. There 
is a clenched hand in red granite in the British 
Museum, which belonged to a statue sixty-five 
feet high. 

The Egyptian statues stand equally poised 
on both legs, having one foot advanced, the 
arms either hanging straight down on each side, 

* Plate XI. 



38 LECTURE II. 

or, if one is raised, it is at a right angle across 
the body. Some of the statues sit on seats, 
some on the ground, and some are kneeling ; 
but the position of the hands seldom varies from 
the above description ; their attitudes are of 
course simple, rectilinear, and without lateral 
movement ; the faces are rather flat, the brows, 
eyelids, and mouths, formed of simple curves, 
slightly, but sharply marked, and with little 
expression ; the general proportions are some- 
thing more than seven heads high, the form of 
the body and limbs rather round and effemi- 
nate, with only the most evident projections 
and hollows. 

Their tunics, or rather draperies, are in 
many instances without folds. 

Winckelman has remarked, that the Egyp- 
tians executed quadrupeds better- than human 
figures ; for which he gives the two following 
reasons, first, that as professions in that country 
were hereditary, genius must be wanting to 
represent the human form in perfection ; se- 
condly, that superstitious reverence for the 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. S9 

works of their ancestors prevented improve- 
ment. This is an amusing, but needless, 
hypothesis ; for there are statues in the Capi- 
toline Museum with as great a breadth, and 
choice of grand parts proper to the human 
form, as ever they represented in their lions, 
or other inferior animals. In addition to these 
observations on Egyptian statues, we may re- 
mark, the forms of their hands and feet are 
gross ; they have no anatomical detail of parts, 
and are totally deficient in the grace of motion. 
This last defect, in all probability, was not the 
consequence of a superstitious determination 
to persist in the practice of their ancestors, it 
is accounted for in another and better way. 

Pythagoras, after he had studied several 
years in Egypt, sacrificed a hundred oxen in 
consequence of having discovered, that a 
square of the longest side of a right-angled 
triangle is equal to the two squares of the 
lesser sides of the same triangle ; and thence it 
follows, that the knowledge of the Egyptians 
could not have been very great at that time in 



40 LECTURE II. 

geometry. This will naturally account for 
that want of motion in their statues and re- 
lievos, which can only be obtained by a care- 
ful observation of nature, assisted by geo- 
metry. 

The state of Egyptian science in the time 
of Pythagoras being noticed, leads to another 
consideration respecting the date of their 
architecture and sculpture. Most of their 
great works are mentioned by the ancient wri- 
ters as being done in the reign of Sesostris, 
and afterwards. Sesostris lived in the reign of 
Rehoboam, King of Israel, about the time of 
the Trojan war, or 1000 years before the 
Christian era, which shows that the arts of 
Egypt and of Greece were in a progressive 
state of improvement at the same time, and 
from the Greeks residing with them to study 
theology, philosophy and science, from the 
great intercourse, political and commercial, 
between the two countries from the heroic 
times, from the Greeks being long settled in 
the city of Naucratis and other parts of Egypt, 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 41 

we may fairly conclude their communication 
in arts was just as free as in other concerns, 
which seems the more likely, as there is a con- 
siderable resemblance in the features and con- 
tour of the early Greek and Egyptian statues. 

The Egyptian basso-relievos are generally 
(but not always) sunk into the ground, which 
is left level with the highest part of the relief ; 
for which practice two reasons may be assigned, 
first, 'that as many of these basso-relievos were 
cut in very hard stones, basaltes or granite, as 
much time would have been required to clear 
away the ground about the figure as had been 
employed in cutting the figure itself; and be- 
sides the economy of time, when some hun- 
dreds or thousands of these figures were en- 
graven on the sides of a lofty obelisk, or the 
walls of a temple, the far greater number of 
them were at a great distance from the eye, 
fifty, sixty feet or more : in this case, the ground 
being left perpendicular to the figure, the 
whole circuit of its outline, gave it a greater 



42 LECTURE II. 

breadth of shadow and distinctness to the 
spectator. 

These basso-relievos, which we comprehend 
in the general term of hieroglyphics, or sacred 
gravings, represent different subjects, accord- 
ing to the place and purpose for which they 
were employed : in the walls of tombs, they re- 
present the profession, actions, and funeral of 
the deceased ; in palaces, wars, negociations, 
triumphs, processions, trophies, with the civil, 
military, and domestic employments of kings. 

In temples they were symbolical registers of 
theology, and sacred science; on obelisks, 
they express hymns to the gods, or praises of 
their kings. Ammianus Marcellinus has pre- 
served part of a translation by Hesmaneon of 
the Egyptian hieroglyphics on the obelisk 
which formerly stood in the centre of the 
Circus Maximus, and, at present, before the 
church of St. John de Lateran in Rome. It 
imports that the sun, the lord of the universe, 
gives to Ramesis the kingdom of Egypt and 
the dominion of all the earth, in the city of 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 43 

Heliopolis. This translation appears suffici- 
ently justified in the upper lines of the hiero- 
glyphics, where a divinity is sitting in the act 
of bestowing on a man who kneels before 
him, stretching out his hands to receive. In 
the following line the same man is seen again, 
taking possession of an altar, on the side of 
which is the ox Apis, and on the top, the 
mitred hawk, symbol of Osiris. Thus of the 
sacred emblems of Egypt. 

Our time and purpose will not permit us to 
dwell on the stupendous architecture, or la- 
borious wonders, the labyrinths, tombs, tem- 
ples, pyramids and palaces on either side of 
the Nile, from Upper Egypt till its discharge 
through various channels into the Mediterra- 
nean ; but we may understand to what extent 
sculpture was employed among this people, by 
a brief description of the palace of Carnac,* a 
portion of Egyptian Thebes. The front of 
this palace was 420 feet long, its depth nearly 
three-quarters of a mile ; it consisted of four 

* Plate IX. 



44 LECTURE II. 

great courts of nearly equal dimensions, com- 
prehended within a long square. The first 
court was occupied by four rows of columns, 
the second contained 130, the largest eleven 
feet in diameter, the smaller seven feet ; the 
third court was adorned with six obelisks, 
ninety feet high, and colossal statues, and sur- 
rounded by various royal apartments. On 
each side the entrance of the fourth court was 
a saloon of granite ; the rest of the space was 
occupied by porticos, colonnades, and nume- 
rous chambers for officers and attendants. 
This palace, with four dependant structures of 
similar magnificence, but inferior proportions, 
was approached by four paved roads, bordered 
on each side with figures of animals, fifteen 
feet long : in one avenue, ninety lions ; in 
another, sphinxes ; in another, rams ; and in 
the fourth, lions with hawks' heads. From the 
ruined state of these avenues we cannot now 
have any computation of the number of ani- 
mals by which they were bordered, though it 
is almost certain they were not fewer than 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 45 

300, yet it is possible they might be many 
more. 

In this palace twenty-two colossal statues 
still remain, and a great number of granite 
statues and fragments the size of nature : be- 
sides which, the walls were nearly covered with 
basso-relievos and pictures. The lesser struc- 
tures in this group of buildings were adorned 
in the same manner, and communicated with 
the magnificent tomb of Ismandes or Memnon, 
before which stood the statue of Memnon, 
sixty-five feet high, already mentioned, with 
the statues of his mother and son, fifty-eight 
high. The largest of these was thrown down 
and destroyed by Cambyses, the Persian con- 
queror of Egypt ; its fragments still remain, 
an ear of which is three feet three inches long, 
and a foot four feet across. 

The enormous works of Egypt have struck 
every foreign visitor with wonder and awe, 
from Herodotus down to the members of the 
French Institute. Herodotus says " one of 



46 LECTURE II. 

their buildings is equal to many of the most 
considerable Greek buildings taken together," 
and M. Ripand observes " those works are so 
prodigious, they make every thing we do look 
little ;" and indeed if we consider the execu- 
tion of a statue sixty-five feet high in so hard 
a material as granite, the boldest heart would 
be appalled at the incalculable labor and diffi- 
culties of the work ! 

In the Egyptian sculpture, we shall find 
some excellent first principles of the art. 

Their best statues are divided into seven 
heads and a half, the whole height of the figure 
is divided into two equal parts at the os pubis ; 
the rest of the proportions are natural, and not 
disagreeable. The principal forms of the 
body and limbs, as the breasts, belly, shoulders, 
biceps of the arm, knees, shin-bones, and feet, 
are expressed with a fleshy roundness, although 
without anatomical knowledge of detail ; and 
in the female figures these parts often possess 
considerable elegance and beauty. The forms 
of the female face have much the same outline 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 47 

and progression towards beauty in the features, 
as we see in some of the early Greek statues, 
and, like them, without variety of character ; 
for little difference can be traced in the faces 
of Isis, in her representations of Diana, Venus,* 
or Terra, or indeed in Osiris, although some- 
times understood to be Jupiter himself, ex- 
cepting that in some instances he has a very 
small beard, in form resembling a peg. The 
hands and feet, like the rest of the figure, have 
general forms only, without particular detail ; 
the fingers and toes are flat, of equal thickness, 
little separated, and without distinction of the 
knuckles ; yet, altogether, their simplicity of 
idea, breadth of parts, and occasional beauty 
of form, strike the skilful beholder, and have 
been highly praised by the best judges, ancient 
and modern. 

In their basso-relievos and paintings which 
require variety of action and situation, are de- 
monstrated their want of anatomical, mechani- 
cal and geometrical science relating to the 
arts of painting and sculpture. 

* Plate X. 



48 LECTURE II. 

The king or hero* is three times larger than 
the other figures ; whatever is the action, whe- 
ther a siege, a battle, or taking a town by storm, 
there is not the smallest idea of perspective in 
the place, or magnitude of figures or buildings. 
Figures intended to be in violent action are 
equally destitute of joints, and other anatomi- 
cal form, as they are of the balance and spring 
of motion, the force of a blow, or the just 
variety of line in the turning figure. In a 
word, their historical art was informing the 
beholder in the best manner they could, ac- 
cording to the rude characters they were able 
to make. 

From such a description it is easy to under- 
stand how much their attempts at historical 
representation were inferior to their single 
statues. 

What has been hitherto said of Egyptian 
sculpture, describes the ancient native sculp- 
ture of that people. After the Ptolomies, suc- 
cessors of Alexander the Great, were kings of 
Egypt, their sculpture was enlivened by 

* Plate XII. 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 49 

Grecian animation, and refined by the standard 
of Grecian beauty in proportions, attitude, cha- 
racter, and dress. 

Osiris, Isis, and Orus, their three great di- 
vinities, put on the Macedonian costume, and 
new divinities appeared among them in Grecian 
forms, whose characteristics were compounded 
from materials of Egyptian, Eastern, and 
Grecian theology and philosophy. 

In the reign of the Roman emperor Hadrian, 
a number of statues, in imitation of the ancient 
Egyptian were made to decorate the canopus 
in his magnificent villa at Tivoli, several of 
which have been dug up, and placed in the 
Capitoline Museum : but Winckelman has re- 
marked of these, that they may be known from 
the ancient Egyptian sculpture, having no 
hieroglyphics on them ; but besides this dis- 
tinction, they are entirely unlike the genuine 
Egyptian, as the drawing and character are 
Roman, in Egyptian attitudes and dresses. 

The ancient authors who give the most sa- 

E 



50 LECTURE II. 

tisfactory accounts of Egyptian antiquities 
are Herodotus, Diodorus Siculus, Josephus, 
Strabo, Clemens of Alexandria, lamblicus, 
and Orus Apollo. 

The best modern books on this subject are 
" Pocock's Voyages/' " Savary's Travels in 
Egypt," " Norden's Egypt" and " Denon ;" 
to which may be added the most magnificent 
work of ancient and modern Egypt publishing 
in Paris, to be in twelve volumes folio, con- 
taining 840 plates, from the observations, re- 
searches, accounts and drawings of the learned 
men and artists of the French nation who 
formed the Egyptian Institute. 

We must not omit some notice of the sculp- 
ture of Persepolis,* palace of the Persian kings, 
heads of one of the four great monarchies of 
the ancient world. 

This stately ruin, at a small distance from 
the capital of ancient Persia, was such when 
visited by Le Bruyn, the Dutch traveller, and 

* See Plate XII. 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 51 

our countryman, Sir John Chardin, that no' 
certain plan of it could be ascertained ; but 
from the extent of its site, and the epithet 
given by the Persian writers, who called it the 
palace of a thousand columns, it seems to have 
been a wonder of ancient Asia, as its ruins are 
of this day. Le Bruyn says forty columns re- 
mained on an extensive basement of masonry, 
ascended by magnificent flights of steps, ap- 
proached by gateways and remains of walls, 
which formerly surrounded the structure, co- 
vered with basso-relievos representing the mili- 
tary power, pomp, triumphs and sacrifices of 
the Persian monarchs. These sculptures have 
some resemblance to the style of the Egyptian 
basso-relievos in the palaces of Thebes, allow- 
ing for the difference of dress ; but as they 
contain nothing in science, or imitation, parti- 
cularly favourable to our pursuit of excellence, 
we shall content ourselves with respecting it as 
a most venerable monument of ancient history 
and learning, whilst we follow our course by 
some observations on Hindu sculpture. 

E 2 



52 LECTURE II. 

The stupendous excavated temples of Ellora, 
Elephantis, and other parts of India, are known 
in England by representations which do honor 
to our country. They are of high antiquity, 
and adorned throughout with mythological 
sculpture, the subjects of which are symbols, 
allegorical personages, and groups of figures 
expressing various attributes and energies of 
divine power, providence, and manifestation, 
according to the Bramin .system, concerning 
which valuable and extensive information may 
be obtained from " Moore's Hindu Pantheon/' 
in which there are upwards of 1500 outlines 
of Hindu painting and sculpture,* faithfully 
copied from the originals. We may remark 
on the sculpture, that, although it bears some 
resemblance to the Egyptian, it is inferior 
both in science and likeness to nature. 

After this summary view of sculpture among 
the early nations of the east, we shall proceed 
to the principles and practice of the art with 

* See Plate XIII. 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 53 

the Greeks, where, if it was not born, it was 
advanced to a high degree of perfection : but, 
as all effects depend on their causes, and ends 
cannot be produced without adequate means, 
we shall do well to inquire what branches of 
science were employed by this distinguished 
people, to aid them in the representation of 
form and character ; and here, although we 
must pause a moment to regret the loss of in- 
valuable treatises by the greatest painters, 
sculptors, and architects of antiquity, enume- 
rated by Vitruvius and the elder Pliny, yet 
some short paragraphs those authors have pre- 
served, with the assistance of other ancient 
writers, and a comparison of these with the 
numerous and precious remains of ancient 
works, will compensate for the loss, and give 
the requisite information. 

We find upon these authorities that geometry 
and numbers were employed to ascertain the 
powers of motion and proportions, optics and 
perspective, (as known to the ancients,) to 
regulate projections, hollows, keeping, diminu- 



54 LECTURE II. 

tion, curvatures, and general effects, m figures, 
groups, insulated or in relief, with their ac- 
companiments ; and anatomy, to represent the 
bones, muscles, tendons, and veins, as they 
appear on the surface of the human body, and 
inferior animals. 

In this enlightened age, when the circle of 
science is so generally and well understood, 
when the connection and relation of one branch 
with another is demonstrated, and their prin- 
ciples applied from necessity and conviction, 
wherever possibility allows, in the liberal and 
mechanical arts, as well as all the other con- 
cerns of life, no one can be weak or absurd 
enough to suppose it is within the ability and 
province of human genius, without the princi- 
ples of science previously acquired, by slight 
observation only, to become possessed of the 
forms, characters, and essences of objects in 
such a manner as to represent them with truth, 
force, and pathos at once ! No : we are con- 
vinced by reason and experience, that " Life 
is short, and Art is long/' and the perfection 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 55 



of all human productions depends on the i 
fatigable accumulation of knowledge and labor 
through a succession of ages. 

The Egyptian arts were in progressive states 
of improvement, from before the time of Moses 
to the invasion and subjugation of the country 
by Cambyses the Persian, a period of about 
1000 years, and the arts of Greece, from their 
rudest beginnings before the time of Daedalus, 
rose to high perfection in about 900 years, or 
the reign of Alexander the Great. In the early 
times of Greece, Pausanias informs us the 
twelve gods were worshipped in Arcadia, 
under the forms of rude stones, and before 
Daedalus the statues had eyes nearly shut, the 
arms attached to their sides, and the legs close 
together ; but as geometry, mechanics, arith- 
metic and anatomy improved, painting and 
sculpture acquired action, proportion, and de- 
tailed parts. 

Vitruvius, Book III., lays down some rules 
used by the most celebrated Grecian artists, 
taken from their own writings, for the sym- 



56 LECTURE II. 

metry or proportions of the human figure, and 
also the geometrical figures which circumscribe 
its general form and motion. 

GEOMETRY. 

General Form and Motion. 

He says, " if a man lies on his back, his 
arms and legs may be so extended, that a 
circle may be drawn round, touching the ex- 
tremities of his fingers and toes, the centre of 
which circle shall be his navel ;" also, " that a 
man standing upright, the length of his arms, 
when fully extended, is equal to his height ;" 
thus, that the circle, and the square, equally 
contain the general form and motion of the 
human figure. 

He also says " the human figure is eight of 
its own heads in height, or ten faces, from the 
chin to the growing of the hair, each face con- 
taining three equal parts, Sec." From these 
hints and some others in his work, with some 
also given by that philosopher and painter, 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 57 

Leonardo Da Vinci, in which he has pursued 
the same profound mathematical train of rea- 
soning, a complete system of proportions and 
motion may be laid down upon the ancient 
Greek principles in a future Lecture on that 
subject. 

Concerning the optics and perspective of the 
ancients, he has the following passage : " Aga- 
tharchus of Athens made a tragic scene under 
the direction of ^Eschylus, and left a com- 
mentary upon it ; being instructed by that, 
Democritus and Anaxagoras wrote on the 
same subject in what manner the extension 
of rays to the point of sight, by an appointed 
centre, should answer to the lines by natural 
reason, so that the certain and uncertain 
images of buildings should be rendered in ap- 
pearance by painted scenes, which should be 
viewed in front on the perspective plane ; so 
that some should seem to retire, and others 
come forward/' 

This passage appears to contain as much of 
perspective as was known to the ancients, and 



58 LECTURE II. 

amounts to this that rays from visible objects 
meet in the eye as a centre, and that objects 
should be represented prominent, or retiring, 
according to their proposed situations. This 
is certainly all the knowledge of perspective 
shown in the ancient works of art, however 
excellent in other respects ; and indeed, from 
the imperfect description of the eye given by 
Hippocrates, we have no reason to believe that 
the nature of vision, or the science of optics, 
were much understood when Agatharchus, his 
cotemporary, wrote his perspective commen- 
tary. 

Pliny says, lib. xxxiv. c. 8, " Leontius, the 
cotemporary of Phidias, first expressed ten- 
dons and veins " primus nervos et venas ex- 
pressit" which was immediately after the 
anatomical researches and improvements of 
Hippocrates, Democritus, and their disciples ; 
and we shall find in the same manner all the 
improvements in art folio wed improvements in 
science. 

Diodorus -Siculus was informed by the 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 59 

priests, that Daedalus measured the propor- 
tions of the Egyptian statues,* and perhaps by 
this improved the forms of his own works, 
which he also improved by making his statues 
walk, that is, setting one foot before the other, 
and by detaching the arms from the body ; 
yet, notwithstanding, for centuries after, the 
statues, whether standing or walking, seem 
equally poised on both feet, having their 
shoulders, hips, and knees even with each 
other ; and that too in violent actions. In 
basso-relievos and paintings, when the figure 
was forcibly exerted, it was generally repre- 
sented in an awkward and impossible manner, 
until after the time Pythagoras and Thales had 
improved geometry, and thus increasing the 
knowledge of circular and triangular powers 
and relations, which is indispensable to per- 
fectly understanding the curvilinear motion of 
animal bodies in different directions, and to 



* Denon's Egypt, p. 124. Egyptian statues seven heads 
and one-third high. 



60 LECTURE II. 

ascertain its quantity and direction in the 
limbs. 

Pursuing the same observations, we shall 
find the painters and sculptors did not give the 
utmost variety and accuracy to their positions 
and actions, until after Euclid the mathema- 
tician had formed his collection of problems. 

For want of the same progressive improve- 
ment in optics, which would have led to per- 
spective, we find the best ancient pictures and 
basso-relievos, always limited and defective in 
their fore-shortenings. 

The knowledge of anatomy among the early 
Greeks was so small, that it could have af- 
forded little assistance to the artist. Homer, 
indeed, has described all the wounds men- 
tioned in his poems with anatomical correct- 
ness, and on this account has been quoted by 
Galen, at a time when the science had arisen 
to considerable eminence. But Pliny observes 
" the art of medicine (which among the an- 
cients included anatomy) was in profound 
darkness from the time of Homer to the age of 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 61 

Hippocrates, and if we examine his treatises on 
the bones, we shall find their number reckoned, 
but so rude a sketch of the exterior anatomy, 
as conveys scarcely any distinct idea of any 
one part of the body or limbs ; yet, from his 
treatise on the joints, we find that he occasion- 
ally dissected parts of the human body. From 
this imperfect state of the science, even in the 
time of Phidias and Praxiteles, we must agree 

' O 

in the opinion of your learned professor of 
anatomy, " that the ancient artists owed much 
more to the study of living than dead bodies/' 

Yet different circumstances must sometimes 
have given anatomical help to artists from 
early times : the researches of physicians, the 
observation of bodies left on the field of battle, 
the preparations of sacrifice or food, and the 
practice of dissecting quadrupeds among the 
philosophers : these several sources will ac- 
count for all the general and simple anatomical 
forms we see in Grecian works of art, before 
the time of Phidias. 

What has been adduced is sufficient to show 



62 LECTURE II. 

that science must attain a certain perfection 
before the arts of design can be cultivated with 
success, and that before the human form can 
be well represented, some system of propor- 
tions must be collected from the measurement 
of man himself, to regulate the thickness, 
breadth, and height of the body and limbs, and 
their parts in the imitation. The powers and 
extent of motion will be settled by geometry 
and mechanics; and anatomy will assist the 
observation of living nature, by assigning the 
particular forms which compose masses, and 
distinguish between the accidents of action and 
rest. 

In considering the assistance afforded by 
science towards the perfection of art, we ob- 
serve, that as soon as the painter or sculptor 
has succeeded in a rude and general resem- 
blance of man, he then attempts the natural 
differences of sex and age, the civil distinctions 
of orders, as the soldier and the priest, the 
king and the slave; he proceeds to the expres- 
sion of passion and moral qualities, and at last 



EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 63 

rises to supernatural representation. In this 
progress he is assisted and directed by the 
forms of society in which he lives, the princi- 
ples of philosophy, and the dictates of religion ; 
these are the natural and regular steps by 
which art approaches perfection. 

The arts of design (particularly sculpture) 
may be said to be consecrated to religion from 
the very cradle. 

Thus, in the early times, when their figures 
were ordinary and barbarous, having only the 
rudest character of imitation, without any of 
its graces, their gods were distinguished by 
their symbols only Jupiter by his thunder- 
bolt, Neptune by his trident, and Mercury by 
his caduceus ; not unfrequently these, and 
other divinities, were represented with wings, 
to show they were not mere men. 

The symbols, attributes, and personal cha- 
racteristics, as the arts improved, were de- 
rived from the poets,* and influenced by philo- 
sophy. 

The early figures of Jupiter and Neptune 

* See Plates XIV. and XV. 



64 LECTURE II. 

have no beards, but when Homer's verses be- 
came the canon of public opinion, the father 
of gods and men became bearded, and -so also 
did his brother Neptune. 

After the first Olympiads, when Mercury 
was considered a patron of gymnastic exercises, 
he obtained a youthful figure. It is likely that 
Hercules was not exhibited with extraordinary 
muscular strength until the Greek tragedians 
had settled his character by their impassioned 
and overpowering descriptions of his acts and 
labours. 

The winged genii on the painted Greek 
vases were introduced from the Pythagorean 
philosophy : and female divinities became 
lovely and gracious in the time of Plato : in 
fine, the different systems of philosophy, from 
the beginning of the Ionic sect by Thales to 
the Alexandrine philosophy, which was preva- 
lent at the coming of Christ, all influenced the 
arts of design, giving a tone to their excel- 
lence, and an indication of their character, 
which we shall occasionally notice where it is 
found requisite. 






EGYPTIAN SCULPTURE. 65 

What has here been offered can only be 
considered as the transient glance of a most 
extensive prospect, ennobled by monuments of 
religious institutions, with the symbols and 
allegories of philosophy ; it is enlightened by 
the wisdom and science of succeeding ages, 
and delights with an abundant choice of beauty 
in the higher orders of creation, more parti- 
cularly expressing mental perfection by bodily 
form. 

For full satisfaction on such a subject, very 
copious illustration and example are needful : 
these are to be obtained from the writings of 
Winckelman, Mengs, Leonardo Da Vinci, 
Reynolds, and Fuseli, with a fuller demon- 
stration from -publications of the Pope's Mu- 
seum, the Capitoline Museum, Montfaucon, 
the Herculaneum collection, and various other 
works on ancient art. 

But the admirer of sculpture will receive 
the most lively satisfaction, and best instruc- 
tion, from a contemplation of the admirable 

F 



66 LECTURE II. 

assemblage in the Townley collection, the in- 
valuable fragments of the Elgin marbles at the 
British Museum, the casts in the Royal Aca- 
demy, and elsewhere collected by individuals. 
If to these could be added the basso-relievos 
of Athenians fighting with the Amazons and 
Centaurs, found at Phigalia in the Argolis, we 
should indeed possess a most respectable school 
of sculpture, which, by its assistance in ancient 
learning, and advancement of the arts, with 
the consequently profitable improvement in 
general knowledge, (so indispensable to the 
arts of design,) would amply repay any trouble 
or expense arising in the course of its attain- 
ment. 



LECTURE III. 



WHEN we consider the gradual ravages of 
time, and the more compendious destruction 
of war, in the eastern portion of Europe, and 
those countries of Asia from whence the re- 
mains of ancient knowledge have been ob- 
tained that the sites of Babylon and Mem- 
phis are scarcely known that Persepolis, 
Alexandria, Elis, Eleusis, Delphos and Athens 
are discovered by ruins almost unintelligible, 
or the remains of their foundations only that 
Rome, the eternal city, the mistress of the 
world, with all her lofty towers, magnificent 
temples, and imperial palaces, has suffered 
sevenfold conflagration ! ! !* that eleven thou- 
sand exquisite works of Greek and Etruscan 

* Vide Pliny. 
J? 2 



68 LECTURE III. 

sculpture, which decorated this metropolis of 
the world in her meridian splendor, were so 
entirely destroyed or overwhelmed by gothic 
ignorance, or iconoclastic fury, that in the 
beginning of the fifteenth century, a learned 
and intelligent observer, Poggio Bracciolini, 
secretary to Eugenius the Fourth and Nicholas 
the Fifth, noticed only six statues among the 
other remains of former grandeur when we 
recollect the destruction of the Capitoline and 
Ulpian libraries, the first and second Alexan- 
drine libraries, one containing 400,000, the 
other 1,100,000 volumes, together with the 
general and un distinguishing Turkish and 
northern devastations in every branch of learn- 
ing and science, throughout better than one 
half of the old continent ! from such a train of 
reflections, and such a widely extended scene 
of ruin, we might be induced to suppose, that 
all the nobler monuments of ancient genius 
and knowledge were lost for ever. 

Upon more accurate inquiry, we shall find 
the fact very different from the appearance ; 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 69 

and, on the contrary, whatever was most essen- 
tial for man's good, or his information, has by 
a wonderful providence been preserved! The 
Sacred Scriptures the Eastern, the Pytha- 
gorean, Platonic, Aristotelian, and Alexan- 
drine philosophy copious collections of geo- 
metry, mathematics, astronomy, geography, 
medicine, and anatomy the best poets the 
best historians catalogues of which have been 
published in twenty-three volumes by the 
learned J. Christopher Wolff and T. Albert 
Fabricius, comprehending an immense body 
of Eastern, Arabic, Greek, and Roman litera- 
tureif we add to these the stupendous and 
admirable architectural remains in Egypt, 
India, Persia, Greece and Italy the beautiful 
and nearly innumerable statues, groups, and 
basso-relievos rescued from ancient ruins the 
700 Greek and Roman paintings miraculously 
recovered from the buried cities of Hercu- 
laneum and Pompeii, after being lost 1,700 
years exquisite gems and coins discovered, 
and discovering every day ; when we consider 



70 LECTURE III. 

that we actually possess such prodigious trea- 
sures of ancient science and art, in every 
branch and species, we must acknowledge we 
have an overflowing abundance to establish 
our principles and stimulate our exertions, and 
that more, although they might gratify our re- 
verence for antiquity, would rather overwhelm 
than assist the progress of modern genius. 

From these sources our present subject will 
be fully supplied in its progress, its relations 
to, and assistance from, the circle of science ; 
and, finally, demonstrate that its excellence 
must depend on the understanding and senti- 
ment which overrules its manual operation. 
And thus the course of our inquiries will be 
now directed to the origin of sculpture in 
Greece. 

Some centuries before the Christian era, a 
sculptor appeared, whose works exacted the 
praise of poets, the speculations of philoso- 
phers, the record of historians, and continued 
to be preserved with zeal, and spoken of with 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 71 

respect, when sculpture had attained its zenith : 
this was Daedalus, the countryman and cotem- 
porary of Theseus, not inferior perhaps in 
fame and variety of adventures to that hero, 
born of a royal race, occasionally the friend or 
adversary of kings, admired for his works 
while living, and honoured with a chapel by 
the Egyptians after death. 

To him are attributed many mechanical in- 
ventions, fabulous and real : a fine portico to 
the temple of Vulcan at Memphis the Cretan 
labyrinth, which was a copy of a hundredth 
part of the Egyptian labyrinth; he made a 
figure to move like life, by means of quicksilver 
contained in it. Diodorus Siculus speaks of 
his works in Sicily ; Pausanias mentions those 
remaining in Greece in his time, nine in num- 
ber, of which there may be particularly noticed 
one, a naked Hercules in wood. 

" The works of Daedalus are indeed rude, and 
uncomely in aspect, (says Pausanias,) but yet 
they have something as of divinity in their ap- 
pearance." 



72 LECTURE III. 

Pausanias, besides the high character here 
given of this statue, mentions it twice in his 
" Grecian Tour/' from which we must under- 
stand that it was held in considerable esteem 
and veneration ; this would naturally lead us 
to hope we are not without some copy of it, in 
gems, coins or small bronzes, by which all the 
most famous works of antiquity were mul- 
tiplied. 

In the British Museum,* as well as in other 
collections in Europe, are several small bronzes 
of a naked Hercules, whose right arm, holding 
a club, is raised to strike, whilst his left is ex- 
tended, bearing the lion's skin as a shield. 
From the style of extreme antiquity in these 
statues the rude attempt at bold action, which 
was the peculiarity of Daedalus the general 
adoption of this action in the early ages, the 
traits of savage nature in the face and figure, 
expressed with little knowledge, but strong 
feeling by the narrow loins, turgid muscles of 
the breast, thighs, and calves of the legs we 

* See Plate XVI. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 73 

shall find reason to believe they are copied 
from the above-mentioned statue. 

The same author says the Gnossians had a 
chorus in white stone, made by Daedalus for 
Ariadne, which is mentioned in the eighteenth 
book of the Iliad as youths and damsels 
dancing hand in hand. The earliest Greek 
bas-relievos and paintings represent choruses 
of the graces and hours in this manner. 

Endaeus, the disciple of Daedalus, made a 
statue of Minerva,* which Pausanias saw in 
the acropolis of Athens. The learned author 
of the Introduction to the Volume of Sculp- 
ture, published by the Dilletanti Society, sup- 
poses the heads of Minerva, on the early coins 
of Athens, were copied from this very statue, 
which seems very reasonable when we compare 
the style and costume with other works of the 
highest antiquity; but as our limits neither 
require, nor allow, of regular history, we shall 
condense what is most important on this sub- 
ject into a relation of successive improve- 
ments ; and here, it should be observed, that 

* See Plate XVII. 



74 LECTURE III. 

in the early times of which we are now treating, 
their rude efforts were intended to represent 
divinities and heroes only. Jupiter, Neptune, 
and several heroic characters have the self- 
same face, figure and action as the Hercules of 
Daedalus, described above ; the same narrow 
eyes, thin lips, with the corners of the mouth 
turned upwards, the pointed chin, narrow loins, 
turgid muscles, the same advancing position 
of the lower limbs, the right hand raised beside 
the head, and the left extended. Their only 
distinctions were, that Jupiter held the thun- 
derbolt, Neptune the trident, and Hercules a 
palm branch or bow as may be seen in ancient 
small bronzes, on coins of Athens and Paestum, 
and on the most ancient painted vases. 

The female divinities were clothed in dra- 
peries divided into few and perpendicular 
folds ; their attitudes advancing like those of 
male figures. The hair of both male and 
female statues or paintings of this period is 
arranged with great care, collected in a club 
behind, sometimes entirely curled, in the same 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 75 

manner as practised by the native Americans, 
and the inhabitants of the South Sea Islands. 

Daedalus and Endaeus formed their statues 
of wood ; metal was also used for various pur- 
poses of sculpture in the most ancient times, 
as we learn from Homer, Hesiod, and Plu- 
tarch.* 

Dipaenis and Scyllis the Cretan were cele- 
brated for their marble statues, about 776 
years before Christ, still retaining much of the 
ancient manner in the advancing position of 
the legs, the drawing of the figure, and the 
perpendicular folds of drapery disposed in zig- 
zag edges. 

Elaborate finishing was soon afterwards car- 
ried to excess : undulating locks, and spiral 
knots of hair like shells, as well as the drapery, 
were wrought with the most elaborate care and 
exactness; whilst the tasteless and barbarous 
character of the face and limbs remained much 
the same as in former times. This passion for 

* Vide Hesiod, Brazen Age, and Plutarch, Life of The- 
seus. 



76 LECTURE III. 

high finishing of sculpture will reconcile to our 
reason a passage in Pliny, lib. xxxv. cap. 8., 
which has frequently been thought to disagree 
with the general history of ancient painting. 
He says that " the picture of the battle of the 
Magnetes, painted by Bularchus, was paid for 
by its weight in gold, by Candaules, King of 
Lydia, who was the coeval of Romulus, and 
lived in the 20th Olympiad, or about 750 
years before Christ, thus proving the fame and 
perfection of the art." According to the same 
author's account, ancient painting did not 
arrive at its greatest perfection until after the 
time of Phidias, or 250 years later ; and there- 
fore it is likely that Bularchus's picture was 
valued chiefly for the same high finishing we 
see in the earliest marble statues, of which the 
following are examples : -Colossal busts of 
Hercules and Apollo in the British Museum, 
probably done by Dipaenis and Scyllis for the 
Sicyonians ; very ancient statues of Minerva 
and a priest of Bacchus, lately in the Villa 
Albani, published by Winckelman in his 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 77 

" Monumenta Inedita" and " Storia dell' 
Arte" : to these might be added examples of 
extreme finishing in early Greek pateras and 
other bronzes. 

This observation on Bularchus's picture, and 
the sculpture of the same time, will naturally 
lead to another of more general comprehen- 
sion : that the improvements in sculpture, we 
have reason to believe, succeeded those in 
painting, according to the dates, as far as 
we are able to ascertain them, of remaining 
works. 

Philocles the Egyptian, or Cleanthes the 
Corinthian, are said to have first introduced 
outline among the Greeks, in the practice of 
which they were followed by Ardices the Co- 
rinthian, and Telephanes the Sicyonian, who 
used other lines within the outline, to express 
the marking of the body and limbs; also, 
writing the names of those they painted, which 
agrees with the earliest paintings on the Greek 
vases, as their attitudes and peculiarities agree 



78 LECTURE III. 

with early sculpture.* Cimon Cleoneus in- 
vented catagraphy, or the oblique representa- 
tion of images, to give different views of the 
face, looking up, looking down, and looking 
backwards. He represented the veins, and the 
folds and plaits in garments. This Cimon is 
mentioned as living before the time of Phidias, 
which offers an additional argument for be- 
lieving that improvement in painting preceded 
those in sculpture, because oblique views of 
objects, and the veins of the body and limbs, 
seem not to have been attempted before the 
time of Phidias in sculpture. 

Fortunately for us, the compendious history 
of painting and sculpture left by Pliny was 
selected from the writings of the best Grecian 
artists, and arranged with attention to the se- 
veral improvements in chronological order, 
with such perspicuity and comprehension, that 
whenever, from the brevity of the work, we do 
not find all we wish for yet, by attending to 
the information, prior and subsequent, we shall 

* Pliny. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 79 

easily be enabled to supply the defect from 
other writings, or monuments of antiquity. In 
this manner we shall satisfy ourselves concern- 
ing the progress of sculpture in the 250 years 
which elapsed between the age of Dipaenis and 
Scyllis, and that of Phidias. 

The better drawing of the figure, with a 
more careful attention to its parts, more pre- 
cision and variety of attitude, a less elaborate 
curling and dressing the hair, the form of the 
figure better shown through the drapery, are 
all certain signs of a nearer approach to the 
age of Phidias. 

From the few historical remarks now offered, 
it is evident that sculpture was 800 years from 
Daedalus to the time immediately preceding 
Phidias in attaining a tolerable resemblance of 
the human form, which proves the slow growth 
of art in the infant state of science ; whilst the 
means of subsistence are precarious, the rights 
of individuals undefined, and the general at- 
tention of society is employed on self preser- 



80 LECTURE III. 

vation and defence, rather than the increase of 
comfort or civilization. 

Poetry and oratory, the more independent 
efforts of mind, appear in the earliest states of 
society, and distinguish man as an intellectual 
and rational creature, scatter the first seeds of 
knowledge, lay down theories for the govern- 
ment of future generations, expand the mind, 
and direct the powers toward whatever is most 
useful and desirable in the more perfect states 
of humanity. 

The chief occurrences in the early history of 
Greece are the Argonautic expedition, the war 
of Thebes, and the taking of Troy ; in which par- 
ticular heroism, or the united achievements of 
petty states, are interwoven with poetic fiction. 
Their consequences produced no considerable 
change in the manners of the people, or the 
character of the country ; but the battles of 
Marathon and Salamis, which destroyed the 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 81 

Persian army, whose myriads, like locusts, 
swarmed over the country, struck the first 
deadly blow to the Persian power, and gave a 
beginning to the Grecian, or third great mo- 
narchy of the world. 

An event of so much importance, by chang- 
ing fortune and transferring power in so large 
a portion of the civilized part of mankind, 
raised the character of the Greeks, and parti- 
cularly the Athenians, the champions of the 
war, whose heroic ardor was increased by suc- 
cess, sought additional distinction by every 
great and praiseworthy exertion of body and 
mind in arts and arms ; the accumulated wis- 
dom of ages, and discoveries in science, were 
taught by their philosophers ; their temples and 
public buildings were raised with a magnifi- 
cence unknown before, and decorated with all 
the powers of art. 

jEschylus, Euripides, and Sophocles enno- 
bled the minds of the people by their dramatic 
poetry ; the exercises which formed the body 
to exertion and beauty, and the mind to forti- 

G 



82 LECTURE III. 

tude and patriotism, were universally practised, 
cultivated and honoured. In this general 
spirit of enterprize and improvement, sculp- 
ture appeared in the school of Phidias with a 
beauty and perfection which eclipsed all former 
efforts. 

About 490 years before the Christian era, 
Phidias flourished, at the same time with the 
philosophers Socrates, Plato, and Anaxagoras 
the statesmen and commanders, Pericles, 
Miltiades, Thernistocles, Cimon, and Xeno- 
phon, with the tragic poets above mentioned. 
This period was as favourable in its moral and 
political circumstances, as in the emulation of 
rare talents, to produce the display, and en- 
courage the growth of genius. 

The city and citadel of Athens had been 
burnt by the army of Xerxes ; but the Greeks, 
being conquerors, raised more stately edifices 
in the places of those destroyed. Phidias was 
engaged by Pericles in the superintendance 
and decoration of the temple of Minerva, and 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 83 

other public works. His superior genius, in 
addition to his knowledge of painting, which he 
practised previous to sculpture, gave a gran- 
deur to his compositions, a grace to his groups, 
a softness to flesh, and flow to draperies, un- 
known to his predecessors, the character of 
whose figures were stiff, rather than dignified ; 
their forms either maigre or turgid ; the folds 
of drapery parallel, poor, and resembling geo- 
metrical lines, rather than the simple, but ever 
varying, appearances of nature. 

The discourses of cotemporary philosophers, 
on mental and personal perfection, assisted 
him in selecting and combining ideas, which 
stamped his works with the sublime and beau- 
tiful of Homer's verse. 

How this sculptor was esteemed by the an- 
cients will be understood by such testimonies 
as the following. Quintilian says " his Athe- 
nian Minerva, and Olympian Jupiter at Elis, 
possessed beauty, which seemed to have added 
something to religion, the majesty of the work 
was so worthy of the divinity/* 

o 2 



84 LECTURE III. 

After such positive and magnificent praise 
as this, there will be still room for our surprise 
at the descriptions, fragments, and other au- 
thentic memorials of some works only which 
he conducted and performed. 

The temple of Minerva in the Acropolis of 
Athens, erected by Ictinus and Callicrates, was 
under the direction of Phidias, and to him we 
probably owe the compositions, style and cha- 
racter of the sculpture, in addition to much 
assistance in drawing, modelling, choice of the 
naked, and draperies, as well as occasional 

execution of parts in the marble. 

f / 
The emulators of Phidias were Alcamanes, 

Critias, Nestocles, and Hegias ; twenty years 
after, Agelades, Gallon, Polycletus, Phragmon, 
Gorgias, Lacon, Myron, Scopas, Pythagoras, 
and Perelius. 

In this list we certainly have the names of 
the sculptors employed on the temples of Mi- 
nerva and Theseus, and as the styles of dif- 
ferent hands are sufficiently evident in the alto 
and basso-relievos, so there might perhaps be 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 85 

no great difficulty in tracing some of the artists 
by resemblance to others of their known works. 

The two pediments of the temple of Minerva 
were each eighty-eight feet long, filled with 
compositions of entire groups and statues, from 
eight to nine feet high. The subject of the 
western pediment related to the birth of Mi- 
nerva, or rather, perhaps, her introduction to 
the gods. 

The eastern pediment had the contention of 
Neptune and Minerva for the patronage of 
Athens. 

Forty-three metops had combats of the La- 
pithae and Centaurs, and a frieze of 380 feet, 
round the wall of the temple under the portico, 
was decorated with the procession of the Grecian 
states in honour of Minerva, in chariots and on 
horseback, leading animals for sacrifice, bear- 
ing offerings and presenting the sacred veil, in 
presence of the gods sitting upon thrones to 
witness the solemn ceremony. 

The Marquis Nantuel had a drawing made 



86 LECTURE III. 

of the western pediment of this temple, when 
the statues were all, excepting one, in their 
places; and, notwithstanding some mutilation 
of parts, the whole was sufficiently entire for 
the composition to be perfectly understood. 

Specimens of the metops and basso-relievos 
under the portico, will persuade the beholder, 
at once, of their simplicity, grandeur, elegance, 
and nature; but, to perfectly judge of their 
comprehensive excellence, they must be seen 
and studied. 

Within the temple stood the statue of Mi- 
nerva,* thirty-nine feet high, made by Phidias 
of ivory and gold, holding a victory, six feet 
high, in her right hand, and a spear in her left, 
her tunic reaching to her feet. She had her 
helmet on, and the Medusa's head on her a3gis ; 
her shield was adorned with the battle of the 
gods and giants, the pedestal with the birth of 
Pandora. Plato tells us, that the eyes of this 
statue were precious stones. 

But the great work of this chief of sculptors, 

* See Plate XIX. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 87 

the astonishment and praise of after ages, was 
the Jupiter* at Elis, sitting on his throne, his 
left hand holding a sceptre, his right extending 
victory to the Olympian conquerors, his head 
crowned with olive, and his pallium decorated 
with birds, beasts, and flowers. The four 
corners of the throne were dancing victories, 
each supported by a sphinx, tearing a Theban 
youth. At the back of the throne, above his 
head, were the three hours or seasons on one 
side, and on the other the three graces. On 
the bar between the legs of the throne, and the 
pannels or spaces between them, were repre- 
sented many stories : the destruction of Niobe's 
children, the labours of Hercules, the delivery 
of Prometheus, the garden of Hesperides, with 
the different adventures of the heroic ages. 
On the base, the battle of Theseus with the 
Amazons ; on the pedestal, an assembly of the 
gods, the sun and moon in their cars, and the 
birth of Venus. The height of the work was 
sixty feet. The statue was ivory, enriched with 

* See Plate XX. 



88 LECTURE III. 

the radiance of golden ornaments and precious 
stones, and was justly esteemed one of the 
seven wonders of the world. 

Several other statues of great excellence, in 
marble and in bronze, are mentioned among 

o 

the works of Phidias, particularly a Venus, 
placed by the Romans in the forum of Oc- 
tavia two Minervas, one named Callimorphus, 
from the beauty of its form; and it is likely 
that the fine statue of this goddess in Mr. Hope's 
gallery is a repetition in marble of Phidias's 
bronze, from its resemblance in attitude, dra- 
pery, and helmet, to the reverse of an Athenian 
coin. Another statue by him was an Amazon, 
called Euknemon, from her beautiful leg : 
there is a print of this in the Museum Pium 
Clementinum. 

Alcamenes was celebrated for his* Venus 
Aphrodite, to which Phidias is said to have 
given the last touches. 

Praxiteles excelled in the highest graces of 

* See Plate XXI. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 89 

yout 1 ! and beauty. He is said to have excelled 
not only other sculptors, but himself, by his 
marble statues in the Ceramicus of Athens ; 
but his Venus was preferable to all others in 
the world, and many sailed to Cnidos for the 
purpose of seeing it. This sculptor having 
made two statues of Venus,* one with drapery, 
the other without, the Coons preferred the 
clothed figure, on account of its severe modesty, 
the same price being set upon each. The 
citizens of Cnidos took the rejected statue, and 
afterwards refused it to King Nicomedes, who 
would have forgiven them an immense debt in 
return ; but they were resolved to suffer any 
thing so long as this statue by Praxiteles en- 
nobled Cnidos. The temple was entirely open 
in which it was placed, because every view 
was equally admirable. This figure is known 
by the descriptions of Liccian and Cedrenus, 
and it is represented on a medal of Caracalla 
and Plautilla, in the imperial cabinet of France. 
This Venus was still in Cnidos during the reign 

* See Plates XXII. and XXIII. 



90 LECTURE III. 

of the Emperor Arcadius, about 400 years 
after Christ. This statue seems to offer the 
first idea of the Venus de Medicis, which is 
likely to be the repetition of another Venus, 
the work of this artist. 

Among the known works of Praxiteles are 
his Satyr, Cupid, Apollo the lizard -killer, and 
Bacchus leaning on a fawn. 

Polycletus of Sycion, the scholar of Age- 
lades, was particularly celebrated on account 
of his Doryphorus, or lance-bearer,* and Dia- 
dumenus,-f- or youth binding a fillet round his 
head. The Doryphorus was called the " rule" 
by artists, from which they studied the forms, 
outline or lineaments. 

The Discobolus of Myron is ascertained by 
an antique gem, and the description given by 
Quintilian, who apologizes for its forced atti- 
tude. An ancient example of this figure J is in 
the British Museum. 

* Molliter Juvenem. 
f Viriliter Puerum. 
t See Plate XXIV. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 91 

The Discobolus of Naucides is universally 
admired for its form and momentary balance. 

The wounded man, in which might be seen 
how much of life remained, was the famous 
work of Ctesilas, and perhaps is the same as 
the statue commonly called the dying gladiator, 
but more property a dying herald or hero, ac- 
cording to Winckelman. 

Ctesilaus is known by his wounded Amazon. 

The nine muses by Philiseus of Rhodes are 
mentioned by Pliny, and the muses brought 
by Fulvius Nobilior to Rome; from one of 
these series, must be the greater number of 
those in the Pope's Museum, of which the 
comedy is remarkable for grace, and the tra- 
gedy for grandeur. 

The Hermaphrodite of Polycles is one of 
the most delicate and graceful productions of 
antiquity. 

The Apollo Philesius (or in love) by Cana- 
chus is seen in many fine repetitions in the dif- 
ferent galleries of Europe. 



92 LECTURE III. 

The Ganymede borne by the eagle, in the 
Pope's Museum, is exactly described by Pliny. 

The Apollo Belvidere is believed by the 
learned Visconti to be Apollo 'AXeiicoatos (the 
deliverer from evil) of Calamis, mentioned 
both by Pliny and Pausanias. The history of 
its removals is given in the " Museum Pium 
Clementinum."* Only one small antique re- 
petition of this statue has been found. 

Admirable and sublime in its beauty as it is, 
there is a reason which perhaps might render 
it less popular with the ancients than the mo- 
derns. Maximus Tyrius describes a statue by 
Phidias very similar to this, but more in 
motion, either discharging an arrow, or pre- 
paring to do so. There are traces of this statue 
in some ancient basso-relievos, and it is possible 
the stronger expression of Phidias's work, to- 
gether with the authority of his name, might 
have diminished the public attention to Calamis 
in a comparative production. 

* Museum Capitolinum,and Museum Clementinum, volume 
of Statues, p. 21. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 93 

The Venus de Medicis was so much a fa- 
vourite of the Greeks and Romans, that a hun- 
dred ancient repetitions of this statue have 
been noticed by travellers. The individual 
figure is said to have been found in the forum 
of Octavia. The style of sculpture seems to 
have been later than Alexander the Great, and 
the idea of this statue appears to have its origin 
from the Venus of Cnidos. 

We may now notice some statues of great 
excellence which Pliny has not mentioned, 
and no wonder they are omitted, when, of 
more than 11,000 reckoned in his' history, he 
professes to give a. catalogue of about 500 
only. 

The colossal statues on Monte Cavallo in 
Rome, we may fairly presume to be the works 
of Phidias and Praxiteles, as inscribed on their 
pedestals, because the animated character and 
style of sculpture seems peculiar to the age in 
which those artists lived ; and because in the 



94 LECTURE HI. 

frieze of the Parthenon there is a young hero* 
governing a horse, which bears so strong a re- 
semblance to those groups, that it would be 
difficult to believe it was not a first idea for 
them by one of those artists. 

The heroic statue, (by Agasias the Ephe- 
sian,) commonly called the fighting gladiator, 
is shown by the ingenious and learned Abbate 
Fea to be Ajax, the son of Oileus, as his figure 
is so represented on the coins of Locrus, his 
country. 

We should now proceed to those precious 
monuments of art, the ancient groups, in which 
we see the sentiment, heroism, beauty and 
sublimity of Greece existing before us; but 
these have been described with such pathos 
and justness of character by your excellent 
professor of painting,^ that nothing more is ne- 

* Bellerophon. 

f The late Mr. Fuseli. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 95 

cessary at present than to show some represen- 
tations of them. 

The group of Laocoon, animated with the 
hopeless agony of the father and sons, is the 
work of Apollodorus, Athenodorus, and Age- 
sander of Rhodes. The style of this work, as 
well as the manner in which Pliny introduces 
it in his history, gives us reason to believe it 
was not ancient in his time, as your professor 
of painting has already observed. 

Zethus and Amphion tying Dirce to the 
bull's horns, an example of filial vengeance for 
a persecuted mother, is as heroic in conception 
as vast in execution. The restorations of this 
group are so bad, that they only become 
tolerable by something like an assimilation of 
spirit in their union with the ancient and 
venerable fragment. It is the work of Apol- 
lonius, and Tauriscus, of Rhodes. 

The group of Hercules and Anteus, in the 
palace Pitti at Florence, may be a marble copy 



96 LECTURE III. 

from the bronze, on which the copyist inscribed 
the name of the original artist. 

The groups of Atreus bearing a dead son of 
Thyestes, Orestes and Electra, and Ajax sup- 
porting Patrocles, are all examples of fine 
form, heroic character, and sentiment. There 
seems to be only one reason for their being 
omitted by Pliny, that they were, at that time, 
too recent to have obtained an equal rank in 
public estimation with the fine works of 
Phidias, Praxiteles, and their immediate de- 
scendants. 

The group of Niobe and her youngest 
daughter, by Scopas, is an example of heroic 
beauty in maturer age. The sentiment is ma- 
ternal affection. She exposes her own life to 
shield her child from the threatened de- 
struction. 

The separate statues of the children all par- 
take of the same heroic beauty, mixed with 
the passions of apprehension and dismay. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 97 

To this series belongs that fine example of 
anatomical study in difficult but harmonious 
composition, the group of wrestlers. 

The beautiful and interesting group of Cupid 
and Psyche is not mentioned by Pliny, per- 
haps for the same reason that several other fine 
works were not because it was after the times 
of those great masters, who were looked on as 
the standards of excellence in his days. It is 
more likely to have been produced after the 
reign of Augustus, when the Pythagorean phi-, 
losophy was revived, from which its subject is 
taken. 

From what has been said, it will appear that 
sculpture did not arrive at maturity until the 
age of Phidias, 490 years before the Christian 
era ; and Pliny's chronological catalogue of 
the most celebrated Greek artists continues 
160 years later, or to 330 before Christ : after 
which time, however, the Laocoon, and several 
of the finest groups and statues, seem to have 
been executed. Nor can we believe, from the 
admirable busts and statues of the imperial 

H 



98 LECTURE III. 

families still remaining, that sculpture began to 
lose its graces until the reign of the Antoninus ; 
and, indeed, so strong was the stamina of 
Grecian genius in the arts of design, that after 
the time of the Iconoclastes, in the fifth and 
sixth centuries, when the noblest works were 
destroyed, even then, and until Constantinople 
was taken by the Turks in the fifteenth century, 
the Greeks executed small works of great ele- 
gance, as may be seen in the dyptics, or ivory 
covers, to consular records, or sa'cred volumes 
used in the church service. 

The works of sculpture here enumerated 
will show, that nearly all the greatest and most 
valued productions were of marble, and not 
bronze, as some have been led to believe ; 
and although several celebrated statues were 
bronze, from which we have marble copies, 
yet all the groups, with two or three exceptions 
only, are marble, and some of the most ad- 
mired statues, viz. those of Venus and Cupid 
by Praxiteles, with many others. 



GRECIAN SCULPTURE. 99 

Sycion had long been the workshop of me- 
tals in early times. .ZEgina was also famous for 
bronze sculpture, and continued the Egyptian 
style. 

Etruscan sculpture must be considered en- 
tirely Greek the work of Greek colonists and 
their disciples. 

The Sicilian sculpture is also Grecian ; some 
of their finest medals in particular are of the 
Corinthian school. 

The principal schools of sculpture were un- 
questionably Athens and Rhodes: the sculp- 
tors of the Laocoon, the Torso Farnese, and 
the Colossus, were Rhodians ; and it is almost 
incredible, that, from this little island, only 
forty miles long and thirteen broad, the Ro- 
man conquerors brought away 3000 statues ! 



( 100 ) 



LECTURE IV. 

ON SCIENCE. 



IN a general view of painting and sculpture, 
followed by a careful attention to the princi- 
ples of design requisite to the elevated and ex- 
tensive practice of those arts, we shall find 
they are intimately connected with a consider- 
able portion of the circle of knowledge ; so 
that, whether we regard them as engaged in 
the representation of the human figure singly, 
or in the variety of epic and historical compo- 
sition, this remark will be equally justified. 

The human figure singly cannot be repre- 
sented without an accurate acquaintance with 
its structure in the bones, muscles, tendons, 
veins, and nerves, together with a knowledge 
of the several organs which contribute their 
functions to the continuation of life, whether 



ON SCIENCE. 101 

the subject is in action or at rest. This infor- 
mation is generally understood to be gained by 
the science of anatomy ; but then, it must be 
assisted by the geometrical forms of the bones, 
the mechanical structure and movement of the 
joints, the laws of extension and contraction in 
the muscles, with a variety of phenomena re- 
lating to the internal economy, and indicated 
in the exterior of the human form. 

Considering the relations the arts of design 
bear to all the numerous branches of human 
knowledge, bring down the doctrines of theo- 
logy, and the ideas of philosophy, to our com- 
prehension by visible figures and symbols 
demonstrate geometrical and mathematical 
science illustrate the anatomy and economy 
of animals connect the series of natural phe- 
nomena and productions, even to the lower 
strata of the earth, and the depths of the 
sea: these arts arrest Time himself in his 
course, and deliver from his destructive pro- 
gress the heroes of antiquity, the chorus of 
Helicon, the synod of Olympus, and theologies 



102 LECTURE IV. 

of the east ; they make intimates of antiquity 
and posterity ; they set before the naturalist 
the several orders of creation ; they exhibit to 
the geographer men and countries which others 
have seen for him ; and they assist the astro- 
nomer in figuring the starry heavens ! 

Such are the powers and offices of these arts, 
enlightening an early age with the dawn of 
knowledge, pouring a fuller blaze upon suc- 
ceeding times, engaging the affections in worthy 
contemplations and employment, exalting the 
intelligence, and assisting its important, its 
most exalted pursuits. 

After our conviction of the utility and ex- 
cellence of the arts of design, the next inquiry 
will be, by what course of study shall we be 
most readily led to a successful practice of 
them ? This question may be answered nearly 
in the words of Socrates, " by the study of the 
human form, animated by the human soul; 
because the human form is the most perfect of 
all forms, and contains in it the principles and 
powers of all inferior forms/' 



ON SCIENCE. 103 

Man was called by the ancients " a little 
world/' because the faculties of his mind de- 
termined his claim to intellectual being, whilst 
his body partook of the common principles of 
natural existence. Revelation is satisfactory 
and decided on this subject 

" God created man in his own image" 

and according to this testimony remaining in 
the pagan world, they represented divinities, 
angels, good genii, and heroes, in the most 
beautiful human forms. 

We certainly know that, in those countries 
where the figure and character of man have 
been most diligently studied and analyzed, 
there, consequently, he has breathed in marble, 
and animated the canvass. The inferior ani- 
mals and orders of nature have been also most 
exactly represented. If this assertion required 
the confirmation of proof, we might appeal to 
the hall of animals in the Pope's Museum, 
where, among the specimens of ancient sculp- 
ture, are seen entire, and in fragments, quadru- 



104 LECTURE IV. 

peds, from the most noble to the most inconsi- 
derable, various orders of birds and reptiles, 
many remarkable for elegance, and almost 
every one so natural that they seem nature 
transformed to stone. 

The tetradrachms, or larger silver coins of 
Macedon, have horses on them of exquisite 
beauty. 

But we possess in England the most pre- 
cious examples of Grecian power in the sculp- 
ture of animals. The horses of the frieze in 
the Elgin collection appear to live and move, 
to roll their eyes, to gallop, prance, and curvet; 
the veins of their faces and legs seem distended 
with circulation ; in them are distinguished the 
hardness and decision of bony forms, from the 
elasticity of tendon, and the softness of flesh. 
The beholder is charmed with the deer-like 
lightness and elegance of their make, and al- 
though the relief is not above an inch from the 
back ground, and they are so much smaller 
than nature, we can scarcely suffer reason to 
persuade us they are not alive. 



ON SCIENCE. 105 

In those countries where the arts of design 
have been more admired for colossal size, and 
indefatigable labour, than for intelligence and 
sentiment, the figures of animals were most 
imperfect in those parts and those expressions 
least understood in the human figure. 

Thus we have the positive and negative 
proofs, that the human form, as it is the first in 
the order and dignity of creation, compre- 
hending the nobler powers, qualities and forms 
of inferior creatures, so, by natural conse- 
quence, it is the great and principal object of 
study in the arts of design. 

The earliest imitations of the human figure, 
in all nations, have been rude, disproportioned, 
and insipid; and these characteristics remain 
in the more advanced attempts of Mexico, 
India, and Egypt. The earliest productions 
of Greece had no superior claims to preference 
over those of other barbarians. The chief em- 
ployments in those times were providing food, 
conducting an attack against their neighbours, 
or securing themselves from invasion on inac- 



106 LECTURE IV. 

cessible mountains, and within impregnable 
fortifications. In such a state of society men 
see objects generally, understand them imper- 
fectly, and represent them rudely. 

The human figure so astonishing in its 
structure, combining so many principles and 
powers so beautiful and engaging in its con- 
tour and colours so varied by sex, age, 
motion, and sentiment cannot be represented 
from cursory and ignorant observation : it must 
be understood before it can be imitated. 
Therefore, Greek sculpture did not rise to ex- 
cellence until anatomy, geometry and numbers 
had enabled the artist to determine his draw- 
ing, proportions, and motion ; then, and not 
before, a just expression might be infused in 
the truth and harmony of parts, and the artist 
endowed his statue with life, action, and senti- 
ment. 

The present Lecture will be a compendium 
of this subject, collected from Hippocrates, 
Galen, Pliny, Vitruvius, Leonardo da Vinci, 



ON SCIENCE. 107 

and Borelli, considered under the heads of 
anatomy and outline, proportions and me- 
chanical motion. 

The writings of Hippocrates and Galen in- 
struct us in the science of anatomy among the 
Greeks, from the time of Phidias to the age of 
Antoninus Pius, when sculpture had sensibly 
declined, consequently including those succes- 
sive periods in which all the nobler works had 
been produced. 

Pliny the elder has preserved a chronologi- 
cal history of artists and their works, from the 
earliest ages to his own time, extracted from 
the writings of distinguished painters and 
sculptors, and containing many of their scien- 
tific rules for professional practice. 

Vitruvius has preserved from the writings 
of Greek artists the most approved proportions 
of the human figure, and the application of 
diagrams to include and determine the extent 
of its motion. 

Leonardo da Vinci's invaluable memoranda 
on painting abound in the most useful obser- 



108 LECTURE IV. 

vations on the mechanical powers and muscu- 
lar action of the human frame. 

Borelli, a Neapolitan physician, wrote an 
ingenious treatise on the motion of animals, 
which was published in the year 1685 : to 
these authors the present Lecture is chiefly in- 
debted, and this general acknowledgement is 
intended to supersede the necessity of inter- 
rupting the course of our subject by particular 
quotations. 

A critical comparison of the noblest exam- 
ples of ancient sculpture with the cotemporary 
state of science, enables us to determine what 
they owe to rules, and what to the immediate 
and particular study of individual nature : this 
will guard against mistaking faults for beau- 
ties, and, above all, establish principles for our 
own practice. 

Our purpose requires that we should leave 
to the professed antiquary all attention to those 
times when rude stones were called divinities, 
or the Ephesian Diana and Samian Juno, little 



ON SCIENCE. 109 

better than shapeless blocks. We shall there- 
fore begin with the earliest attempts at imita- 
tion of parts and proportion. 

Small bronze statues* exist in different mu- 
seums of Europe which stand perpendicularly 
upright ; their legs nearly close together, their 
arms fixed to their sides, their heads rather 
large, the hair strait, the eyes full, the nose 
flatfish, the lower part of the face and chin 
projecting. A little fulness for each breast, 
and a slight indication of the line formed on 
each side of the thorax by the terminations of 
the ribs, are the only parts distinguished in 
front of the body. The shoulders and arms 
are meagre, and have little variety in the out- 
line ; the thighs are full, so are the calves of 
the legs; the joints are scarcely noticed ; their 
proportions are rather dwarfish, seldom ex- 
ceeding six heads and a half in height. 

The next considerable improvements in the 
figure are chiefly found on painted vases or 

* See Plate XVI. 



110 LECTURE IV. 

basso-relievos of Bacchanalian subjects, or 
processions of divinities ; and, as far as we are 
able to judge from coins and the progress of 
science, we have reason to believe they were 
not more than a hundred years before Phidias. 
These improvements consisted of a greater 
variety and violence of action, a bolder dis- 
tinction of the knees, elbows, edge of the 
pelvis, the ribs, and the ankles ; the muscles 
turgid and tendonous, proper to continual and 
vigorous exertion. 

By comparing the monuments of antiquity 
with each other, and with cotemporary authors, 
we ascertain their history, unravel their philo- 
sophy, and determine their science. Thus, 
sculpture executed in the time of Phidias, and 
his immediate successors, presents the portrait 
of the human figure in the full development of 
its powers, and perfection of its beauty, by 
gymnastic exercises at the same time that its 
anatomical forms are decided with the same 



ON SCIENCE. Ill 

simplicity, elegance, and comprehensive great- 
ness, which are equally admired in the work 
of the artist, and the writings of Hippocrates. 
As a natural and certain consequence of the 
sculptor's intelligence being formed on the 
physician's instructions, the system was the 
simplest and boldest division of parts, and 
breadth of masses, that imitation of nature 
permits. 

The general forms were, the head rounded, 
the face oval, the neck like a portion of a co- 
lumn, the shoulders one curve from the neck 
to the bottom of the deltoides muscle, the mass 
of the body bounded at the bottom by the line 
of the pelvis (or basin bone,) above which the 
oblique " descensens" muscle projects dis- 
tinctly. A line divides the front of the body 
from the gullet to the navel. This is inter- 
sected at right angles by curve lines, above the 
pit of the stomach, from the breast-bone to 
the arm-pit, produced by the fulness of the 
breasts. A line nearly semi-circular indicates 
the extremities of the ribs. The abdomen 



112 LECTURE IV. 

sinks in below the true ribs, and narrows this 
part of the body across the loins. The arm 
tapers as it descends to its junction with the 
hand : it is flattened on the outside below the 
deltoides, till the rise in the upper part of the 
lower arm, occasioned by the supinator longus. 
The inside of the upper arm is also flattened 
down to the lower internal projection of the 
humerus. 

The lower limb, composed of the thigh, leg, 
and foot, is rather more than half the whole 
length of the figure, divided at, and measured 
from, the os pubis. It is longer and stouter 
than the arm ; its general form is tapered 
downward to the ankle ; the patella is de- 
scribed by an oval, the inner side of the shin* 
bone is marked by a curve of thirty degrees, 
from the upper part of which the calf of the 
leg projects. The outside of the leg is also 
curved, and the projection of the inner ankle 
is rather higher than the projection of the lower 
ankle. 

Such are the general characteristics of out- 



ON SCIENCE. 113 

line and marking in the front view of the hu- 
man figure, most carefully and rigidly observed 
in the statues, basso-relievos, and painted 
vases, from the age of Pericles and Phidias, to 
the time of Lysippus and Alexander. 

The outline of boundary is of necessity the 
same in the geometrical front and back views 
of the figure, and they differ only in the interior 
forms and markings. 

The back, from the shoulders to the loins, is 
comprehended in two generally rounded masses, 
divided by a narrow channel. The blade- 
bones, with their muscles, present a rounded 
flattened form on the greatest projection of 
each mass. The loins are small, hollowed in, 
and flat, between the masses above described 
and the more compressed projection of nates. 

In the side view of the figure, whether in 
action or at rest, was well observed that won- 
derful counterpoise of parts, on either side of 
the centre of gravity, which balances so tall 
and complicated a structure as the human 
figure on so small a basement as its feet, the 

i 



114 LECTURE IV. 

head leaning forward, counteracted by the 
shoulders, these by the abdomen, the abdomen 
by the nates, and the bending forward of the 
upper mass as far as the knees, counteracted 
by the extension of the feet forward, which 
confirms the support when standing, accele- 
rates progression, and assists a leap with the 
powers of the lever. 

This detail of parts, demonstrated by the 
ancient works, will convince the younger stu- 
dent that the human figure can only be repre- 
sented in proportion as it is understood. 

Thus the Greeks were enabled to represent 
the figure with precision, boldness, and cha- 
racter, from their general knowledge of its in- 
ternal structure and parts, the harmony of its 
proportions, and the laws of its mechanical 
motion. These principles of science they de- 
rived from the instructions of Hippocrates, and 
the schools of Pythagoras and Plato. 

This mode of proceeding was rational and 
true, founded on the order of nature, and ac- 
counting for effects by their causes, and show- 



ON SCIENCE. 115 

ing the causes in their effects ; it was conse- 
quently the most successful, and its superiority 
is proved by the excellence it has produced. 

Naked representations of the human figure 
in Gothic sculpture, from the fifth century to 
the fourteenth, are destitute of anatomy, pro- 
portions and just motion. Those branches of 
science were neither studied nor understood in 
those ages, consequently they could not infuse 
their magic wonders into the labors of painting 
and sculpture. The ignorant effort was of ne- 
cessity clumsy, mean, insipid, and unintel- 
ligible. 

The school of Giovanni di Bologna exhibits 
defects in the opposite extreme anatomical 
pedantry, and licentious affectation of graceful 
movement the extravagance of which is no 
less distant from the beautiful simplicity of 
nature, than the insipid barbarity of Gothic 
carving and painting. 

These comparative observations are intro- 
i 2 



116 LECTURE IV. 

duced as a further confirmation that the excel- 
lence of the Grecian theory was the real foun- 
dation of excellent practice. 

There is reason to believe that those groups 
and statues which are pre-eminent in the dis- 
play of anatomical skill were not executed until 
after the age of Alexander the Great, when 
Hieropholis and Erasistratus had enlarged the 
bounds of anatomical science, by numerous 
dissections in the school of Alexandria. Of 
this there is abundant evidence, historical and 
scientific, as well as internal, in the ancient 
sculpture itself. 

After the age of Alexander the Great, ana- 
tomical detail became more defined and par- 
ticular, but without destroying the breadth of 
masses : for example, the masses in the body 
and limbs of the young Hercules in the British 
Museum are the same, in their general forms, 
as those of the heroes combating with the cen- 
taurs in the Parthenon, or in the frieze of the 
temple of Theseus. They are, however, bolder 



ON SCIENCE. 117 

in this statue, in proportion as it is more mus- 
cular. The details in front are the mastoidaeus, 
on each side of the neck the clavicle, the pec- 
toral muscle, the edge of the ribs nearly semi- 
circular, the serrati and oblique descendens, 
the recti of the abdomen, with its horizontal 
divisions ending at the pubes, which, with the 
edge of the pelvis, terminates the trunk. The 
details of the lower limb differ little from the 
former description, excepting that the knee- 
pan and the ankle-bones are more strongly 
marked, the membranous insertion of the biceps 
is distinct, and the peronaeus muscle is seen on 
the side of the leg. 

In the back view of this figure, the trapezius 
is defined at its insertion in the edge of the 
scapula, and continued to its pointed termina- 
tion; above the spine of the scapula it unites 
in a mass with the supra spinatus, then follows 
the spine of the scapula, and the whole mass 
of the scapula is completed by the union of the 
infra spinatus, the teres minor and the teres 
major in one form. The acromion is distinctly 



118 LECTURE IV. 

seen, and the rounded top of the humerus is 
indicated in the deltoides, which is strongly 
divided from the muscles of the arm beneath. 
The protuberance of the triceps is bold ; the 
biceps is bold, broad, and squared towards the 
bottom. The bones which form the elbow are 
carefully distinguished ; the head of the ulna 
in the middle, on the inside of the lower point 
of the humerus, and on the outside ; the lower 
condyle or swelling of the same bone at its 
union with the radius. 

In the ages after Phidias, it is true, we ob- 
serve a greater particularity of anatomical 
finish and detail ; but, at the same time, we 
see a choice selection of those simple geome- 
trical forms which in bone, muscle and tendon 
are strongest, most efficient and elegant, whe- 
ther the subject be masculine or feminine, 
strong or delicate. 

It must not be supposed that those simple 
geometrical forms of body and limbs, in the 
divinities and heroes of antiquity, depended 
upon accidental choice, or blind and ignorant 



ON SCIENCE. 

arbitration. They are, on the contrary, a con- 
sequence of the strict and extensive examina- 
tion of nature, of rational inquiry into its most 
perfect organization and physical well-being, 
expressed in outward appearance; they are 
proper to the blossom of youth, and the full 
flower of maturity ; they are the signs of a firm, 
consistent and harmonious structure, healthful 
juices and elastic tendon. Such characteris- 
tics assist the mind in rising towards the con- 
templation of real perfection, which is simpli- 
city and unity itself; such forms are directly 
opposite to those of division, infirmity, and 
decay. 

The group of boxers, and the statue called 
a fighting gladiator, but in reality the lesser 
Ajax, exhibit the greatest muscular display in 
violent action. The forced action of the 
boxers renders the muscular configuration of 
their shoulders so different in appearance from 
moderate action and states of rest, that we may 
derive a double advantage from the anatomical 



120 LECTURE IV. 

consideration of their forms : first, we shall 
learn the cause of each particular form, and, 
secondly, we shall be convinced how rationally 
and justly the ancients copied nature. 

In the right shoulder of the upper figure, the 
acromion of the scapula is distinctly seen ; the 
backward portion of the deltoides arising from 
the spine of the scapula ; the head of the hu- 
merus bone next to the acromion : the angle 
and base of the scapula are bordered by a con- 
siderable swelling of the teres major, and the 
trapezius in a continued mass. 

The left shoulder of the same figure shows 
the three divisions of the deltoides distinctly, 
with the projection of the humerus's head in the 
upper part of the middle portion. The spine 
of the scapula is marked by a channel under 
the swelling of the trapezius and supra spina- 
tus, and above the infra spinatus and teres 
major. 

The right arm of the lower figure is forcibly 
held backwards, which occasions the hindmost 
portion of the deltoides to fold towards the 



ON SCIENCE. 121 

spine of the scapula. The other muscles of 
the scapula, and immediately about it, present 
only a common appearance, because they are 
not particularly exerted. 

The whole left shoulder of this figure is ex- 
erted to the utmost in assisting the arm to sup- 
port the weight of the superincumbent figure. 
The whole surface has an opposite appearance 
to the right arm, which is forced backwards, 
and therefore the scapula lies in a hollow be- 
tween the arm and back-bone. The left 
shoulder is rounded by its position, and the 
muscles of the left scapula are swoln by effort 
into one mass, in which the acromion only 
makes one very distinct form. 

There is the same careful attention to effort, 
and inaction, in the back of the gladiator 
throughout its parts, and indeed throughout 
the figure. 

We may now advert [to the causes which 
brought about the anatomical] distinction in 
the forms of the gods. 

Hipparchus, a few years before the birth of 



LECTURE IV. 

Phidias, had formed a public library for the 
Athenians, in which were placed the works 
of Homer, which he had collected and ar- 
ranged ; as they were more complete than ge- 
nerally known before, they became more 
popular. Socrates employed their language 
in moral discourses, and Plato in images and 
reasoning to embody and convey the theologies 
of Orpheus and Pythagoras. 

The poets formed tragedies from his " Iliad" 
and " Thebdis." Homer supplied subjects for 
the painter and sculptor ; his descriptions fixed 
the persons and attributes of their gods. 

Phidias* seems to have been the first in this 
reformation. Minerva, who had before ap- 
peared harsh and elderly, was by him rendered 
beautiful. His Jupiter was awful as when his 
nod shook the poles, but benignant as when 
he smiled on his daughter Venus, according to 
Homer's description. The anatomical forms 
selected from powerful nature, presented a 
massy breast and shoulders, projecting muscles 

* See Plates XIX. and XX. 



ON SCIENCE. 123 

above the hip-bone, the limb strong, without 
heaviness, and the whole figure mighty. 

The character of the father of gods and men 
being determined, settled a scale of gradation 
for his progeny ; they were more sublime near 
him, and less perfect by removal. 

Of the sons of Jupiter, Bacchus was the 
next divinity whose form was sublimated. As 
Phidias determined the character of the father 
of the gods, so did the graceful Praxiteles that 
of Bacchus, who inspires poets, and to whom 
tragedy was peculiarly dedicated by the Athe- 
nians. 

Apollo soon became so like his brother 
Bacchus, that it is not always easy to distin- 
guish one from the other; yet Bacchus has 
more softness, and Apollo greater energy. 

Mercury, as patron of gymnastic exercises, is 
rather more robust than his brothers. 

The masses in the forms of these divinities 
are little divided; the lines are simple, flowing 
in gentle undulation for balance and motion, 
or quicker curves at the joints. 



124 LECTURE IV. 

Hercules, whose labours in difficulty and 
number were increased by succeeding poets, 
was more strong and turgid after the time of 
Alexander the Great, until he became the 
irresistible hero represented by Glycon in his 
statue. 

Of inferior heroes, Ajax the lesser, and the 
male figure in the group of Haemon and Anti- 
gone, together with the group of boxers, have 
the anatomical forms divided with distinctions 
as numerous as could have been made by any 
modern. 

After the osteology and anatomy of the 
human figure, we will consider the balance, 
motion, and mechanical powers according to 
the ancients. 

Pamphilus, the Macedonian painter, under 
whom Apelles studied ten years, was learned 
in all literature, particularly arithmetic and 
geometry, without which, he declared, art 
could not be perfected. 



ON SCIENCE. 125 

How geometry and arithmetic were applied 
to the study of the human figure, Vitruvius in- 
forms us from the writings of the Greek artists, 
perhaps from those of Pamphilus himself. 

A man* (says he) may be so placed with his 
arms and legs extended, that his navel being- 
made the centre, a circle can be drawn round, 
touching the extremities of his fingers and toes. 

In the like manner, a man standing upright, 
with his arms extended, is enclosed in a square, 
the extreme extent of his arms being equal to 
his height. 

Pliny speaks of improvements in the balance 
of the figure by some artists, and the neglect 
of it, and consequent defects, in the works of 
others. 

How well the ancients understood the nature 
of balance is proved by the two books of 
Archimedes on that subject; besides, it is im- 
possible to see the numerous figures springing, 
jumping, dancing, and falling, in the Hercula- 
ne'um paintings, on the painted vases, and the 

* Plate XXVI. 



126 LECTURE IV. 

antique basso-relievos, without being assured 
that the painters and sculptors must have em- 
ployed geometrical figures to determine the 
degrees of curvature in the body, and angular 
or rectilinear extent of the limbs, and to fix the 
centre of gravity. 

We shall, therefore, proceed in this delight- 
ful subject, in some general demonstrations, 
according to the method of the great Leonardo 
da Vinci, and the distinguished Borelli, as laid 
down in his work on the motion of animals. 

When we speak of the centre of gravity, or 
gravitation of the human figure, the principle 
is referred to, by which all bodies upon the 
earth tend to its centre, as a ray tends to the 
centre of a circle. 

The centre of gravity in the human figure is 
an imaginary straight line, which falls from the 
gullet between the ankles to the ground, when 
it is perfectly upright, equally poised on both 
feet, with the hands hanging down on each 
side. 



ON SCIENCE. 127 

Motion is the change of position. 

The first motion * in the standing figure 
throws the weight on one leg, in consequence 
the centre of gravity, or gravitating line, falls 
from the gullet on one leg, the shoulder on the 
same side being lowered, the shoulder on the 
opposite side raised, the hip and knee sinking 
below those on the side which supports the 
weight. 

Preparing to run is throwing the balance 
beyond the standing foot. 

Striking. 

When the action begins, the figure is thrown 
back to give force to the blow, and springs 
forward to the lighter line when the fall of the 
blow ends the action. 

Bearing a Weight. 

The centre of gravity is the centre of the 
incumbent weight, falling between the feet, if 
supported by both, or on the supporting foot. 

* See Plates XXVII. XXVIJI. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. 
XXXII. 



128 LECTURE IV. 

Preparing to Leap. 

To take the spring, the body and thighs are 
drawn together; the muscles of the leg draw 
up the heel, so that the figure rests on the ball 
of the foot; the arms are thrown back they 
assist like wings in the impulse. When the 
figure alights, the arms are raised above the 
head, and the centre of gravity is near the 
heels. 

Leaning. 

When leaning on more points than one, the 
greatest weight is about that point on which it 
chiefly rests. 

Flying and falling figures rest on no point, 
being in motion through the air, but the hea- 
viest portion of the figure rising, denotes fly- 
ing ; as the heaviest portion sinking, deter- 
mines the falling figure. Without a due atten- 
tion to these principles, no movement or action 
can be well expressed, and with their assist- 



ON SCIENCE. 129 

ance the finest efforts of ancient and modern 
art have been produced, is exemplified in the 
most pathetic, energetic, and graceful atti- 
tudes of Raphael and Correggio. Excellent 
lessons on this subject are given by Leonardo 
da Vinci in his " Treatise on Painting." 

Every change of position or action in the 
human figure will present the diligent student 
with some new application of principles, and 
some valuable example for his imitation. 

It has been observed, that Vitruvius, from 
the writings of the most eminent Greek 
painters and sculptors, informs us that they 
made their figures eight heads high, or ten 
faces, and he instances different parts of the 
figure measured according to that rule, which 
the great Michael Angelo adopted, as we see 
by a print from a drawing of his. 

We shall make use of this method in giving 
the most general proportions of nature and the 
antique statues. 



130 LECTURE IV. 

PROPORTIONS. 

Divisions of the Human Figure in Length. 

From the os pubis to the top of the head 
one half, from the same point to the sole of the 
foot the other half. 

There are three equal divisions from the 
acromion of the scapula to the bottom of the 
inner ankle : 

First, from the acromion to the point in the 
spine of the ilium, from which the rectus and 
sartorius muscles begin. 

Second, from thence to the top of the patella. 

Third, from the top of the patella to the 
bottom of the inner ankle. 

From the bottom of the pubis to the bottom 
of the patella is the same length as from the 
bottom of the patella to the sole of the foot, 
two heads each ; but, we must observe, the 
ancients generally allowed half a nose or more 



ON SCIENCE. 131 

to the length of the lower limbs, exceeding the 
length of the body and head. 

Breadth. 

Shoulders 2 heads. 

Loins 1 head and 1 nose, or 5 noses. 

Across the hips or trochanters . . 1 head, 2 noses, or head and a J. 

Depth. 

Chest 1 head, 4 minutes. 

Loins 3 noses and ^. 

Glutaei 1 head. 

Breadth of the Thigh. 

Thigh 3 noses. 

Calf of the leg .... 2 noses. 

Foot 1 head and % of a nose long. 

Length of the Arm. 

From the top of the humerus to the bend of the arm . 1 head and J. 
From the bend of the arm to the first knuckles .... 1 head and |. 

f 

Breadth. 

Upper arm, front view 1 nose and \. 

Side view of do. 2 noses. 

Lower arm, thickest part 1 nose and |. 

Wrist , . 1 nose. 




132 LECTURE IV. 

the male ; the shoulders and loins should be 
narrower, and the hips broader. 

The proportions of the Hercules Farnese, 
and the Torso Belvidere, are nearly one-fifth 
more in breadth than other statues ; but the 
ancients varied the proportions according to 
the character and age of the person. There 
are examples of the Silenus, and Hercules also, 
when he partook of the same character, ex- 
ceedingly dwarfish, not exceeding four or five 
heads in height, and there are examples on 
some of the Greek vases of figures nine or ten 
heads high. 

PERSPECTIVE. 

We have the most satisfactory system of 
ancient perspective in the principles laid down 
by Vitruvius, and in " Euclid's Book of 
Optics/' which contains no description of the 
eye, or nature of its vision, but consists of 
sixty-one propositions, on the manner in which 
rays pass from objects to the eye, the angles 



ON SCIENCE. 133 

they make, and consequently present them as 
nearer, or more distant, greater or less, whe- 
ther seen in a parallel or diagonal plane, but 
gives no rule for the perspective of circles, or 
the intersections of the visual rays. The mo- 
dern improvement in perspective which deter- 
mines depths, enabled Michael Angelo* to 
give bolder fore-shortenings, and more com- 
plicated groups, than the ancients did or could 
attempt with their imperfect perspective, and 
which in design, or low relief, has the magical 
effect of " much in a little." 

Such general hints concerning science, em- 
ployed by the ancients in painting and sculp- 
ture, may assist the young artist in forming 
principles for the course of his studies, and 
precede the investigation of the nature and 
qualities of beauty, which will be offered in the 
next Lecture. 

* See Plates XXXIII. and XXXIV. 



( 134 ) 



LECTURE V. 



BEAUTY. 

THAT beauty is not merely an imaginary qua- 
lity, but a real essence, may be inferred from 
the harmony of the universe, and the perfection 
of its wondrous parts we may understand 
from all surrounding nature ; and in this course 
of observation we find that man has more of 
beauty bestowed on him as he rises higher in 
creation. 

In the contemplation of our solar system, 
the splendours of the sun and inferior planets, 
their magnitude, almost incomprehensible to 
us, their gravitation, the vastness of their revo- 
lutions, bringing the regular succession and 
return of day and night, with the different 
seasons, all astonish in their various circum- 
stances ; if we proceed in observations to the 



BEAUTY. 135 

starry heavens, crowded with suns, the centres 
of other systems, we are lost in amazement, 
and our faculties are overwhelmed. 

The objects which surround us on the earth 
we inhabit are more commensurate to our 

comprehension and intelligence, and in them 

i 

we trace wonders equally enforcing the con- 
viction of power and goodness, by their beauty 
and order. 

The earth, its history and productions the 
sea, its phenomena and contents the vege- 
table and mineral kingdoms have employed, 
and will continue to employ, the wisest of men 
in the most delightful speculations and extra- 
ordinary discoveries. 

The pursuit of each person must be allotted 
by his station, whilst the industry of each con- 
tributes to the circle of knowledge. 

Our present object will be, after some gene- 
ral observations on the animal kingdom, to 
inquire into the excellence of man in his real 
essence, and its effects on his external appear- 



136 LECTURE V. 

ance his intelligible alliance with superior 
natures, or degeneracy and abasement in re- 
semblance to the brutes. 

Among the many examples in natural phi- 
losophy and history of the gradual and uninter- 
rupted connection of being, from the highest 
to the lowest, as far as our perceptions will 
penetrate, the animal kingdom offers most 
striking and stupendous instances. 

There is a resemblance in the organization 
and bodily form of all animals, which varies by 
almost imperceptible gradations, through all 
the links of this chain, from man to the worm 
or vegetable. 

The anatomical form and organization of the 
ourang-outang bear a near resemblance to the 
anatomy of man : this configuration continues 
in squirrels, rats, and mice, until the bat, or 
flying mouse, unites the race of quadrupeds 
with birds ; in the same manner, the kangaroo 
and gerboa, with very short fore legs, and 
walking on the hind legs only, unite quadru- 



BEAUTY. 137 

peds with another class of birds, which do not 
fly, the penguin, the cassowary, and the ostrich. , 
The crocodile and alligator unite the race of 

o 

four-footed beasts with the superior class of 
reptiles, such as the lizard and the eft, until 
the frog, being a tadpole in its infant state, 
belongs to the class of fishes. 

The smaller and more imperfect birds ap- 
proach to the resemblance of the larger butter- 
flies and moths. 

The order of flies at length terminates so 
exactly in the resemblance of a leaf, that it 
might be taken for one, did not experiment 
prove, by the heart, lungs, and anatomical 
properties, the fly to be perfectly animal ; 
whilst a totally different organization proves 
the other to be positively vegetable. 

Professor Camper, in the most ingenious and 
valuable notes to his lectures, shows that the 
figure and organization of man contain the 
principles on which the structure of all inferior 
animals is formed, and from which they are 
removed by gradual imperfection. 



138 LECTURE V. 

Four-footed animals, although their general 
forms and anatomy bear strong likeness to the 
human figure, differ from it in these respects : 
the brain-pan is less, the nose and jaws have 
greater projection, their view is downwards, 
the body is supported in a horizontal line by 
four legs terminated by paws or hoofs: the 
interior organization differs in correspondence 
with the external figure. 

The variation of the bird from the beast is, 
that the nose and jaws of one become a beak 
in the other, the front legs having lost the 
paws, are folded up by the sides, and are 
wings. 

In fishes, the head is set immediately on 
the body; they have no legs, their places are 
supplied by fins, which convey them through 
the waters. All these various orders are won- 
derfully formed in fitness for the elements 
they inhabit, and the purposes of their lives. 
As their history extends through a large and 
very interesting portion of creation, so the 
principles of their conformation and powers 



BEAUTY. 139 

comprehend a considerable share of natural 
science. 

The forms of the bones and anatomy con- 
tain the geometrical forms, as the motions of 

o 

the body, limbs and interior demonstrate the 
mechanical powers. 

The preparation, secretion, and fermentation 
of the juices are chymical; hydraulics are in 
the conveyance and motion of the juices; 
Pneumatics in the various modes of breathing ; 
electricity in the effects of heat on the body ; 
and optics in the organs of sight. 

Such general observations relate to the 
bodies of man and other animals ; but we must 
remember that man, even in the structure of 
his body, is the most perfect of all creatures ; 
and the above remarks are only offered to call 
the attention to the wonderful extent of crea- 
tion, and the harmony, order and beauty of 
its whole connection and disposition. 

But in treating of man in particular, our 
subject is the most perfect production of Al- 



140 LECTURE V. 

mighty Power in the visible world, the facul- 
ties of whose soul place him far above other 
creatures, and declare the nearer relation he 
stands in to his divine Creator. 

By the wisdom he is endowed with, all crea- 
tures are subjected to his dominion ; by his 
affections he is enabled to perform all the 
charities of life to prefer the interests of others 
to his own to distinguish personal beauty as 
the indication of good disposition and health 
to trace his Creator in his works, and offer 
the homage of his worship : in all which he is 
superior to the brute animals, whose exertions 
are the consequence of instinct for the preser- 
vation of themselves and progeny, and whose 
reasoning has never been discovered to go 
beyond these purposes, or some particular 
attachment. 

As the affections of man stimulate and en- 
gage him in every act, so his understanding 
directs the means and looks to the end in 



BEAUTY. 141 

every employment through life. These modify 
the exterior of the face and figure, according 
to constant habit or momentary impulse. 

The passionate are known by quick fiery 
glances, swollen brows, dilated nostrils, the 
mouth a little open, the movements of the 
whole figure sudden, the muscles of the body 
being disposed to rigidity and contraction. 

The melancholy have a general dejection 
of look, the exterior corners of the eyes and 
eyebrows tending downwards, a universal 
slowness of motion and disregard of outward 
objects. 

Every passion, sentiment, virtue, or vice, 
have their corresponding signs in the face, 
body, and limbs, which are understood by the 
skilful physician and physiognomist, when not 
confused by the working of contrary affections 
or hidden by dissimulation. 

In the formation and appearance of the 



142 LECTURE V. 

body, we shall always find that its beauty de- 
pends on its health, strength, and agility, most 
convenient motion and harmony of parts in the 
male and female human figure, according to 
the purposes for which they were intended ; the 
man for greater power and exertion, the woman 
for tenderness and grace. If these character- 
istics of form are animated by a soul in which 
benevolence, temperance, fortitude and the 
other moral virtues preside, unclouded by vice, 
we shall recognize in such a one perfect beauty, 
and remember that " God created man in his 
own image." 

We know that sickness destroys the com- 
plexion and consumes the form, until that 
which was once admired for grace and attrac- 
tive loveliness becomes a ghastly spectre ; and 
is it not equally evident that brutal ferocity, 
revenge, hypocrisy, or any other of the malig- 
nant passions, still more effectually destroy 
the very traces of beauty by reducing man to 
a savage beast in his most degraded state ? 

The most perfect human beauty is that most 



BEAUTY. 

free from deformity either of body or mind, 
and may be therefore defined 

" The most perfect soul, in the most perfect body." 

Doubts can scarcely be entertained that 
there are principles of beauty, because various 
opinions prevail in different countries on the 
subject. 

Men are in different states of mental and 
bodily improvement, from the most savage 
to the most civilized countries, and we know 
that many successive ages must pass in the 
confirmation of moral habits, the right direc- 
tion of reason and elevation of intellect, before 
man can judge with any tolerable ability, of 
mental or natural beauty, their causes, relations 
and effects : and that in all states of society 
there must be allowance for prejudice and 
climate. But we shall certainly find that the 
wisest and the best men in all ages and coun- 
tries have held nearly the same doctrine on 
this subject. 

The excellence of intellect and moral beauty 
was asserted by Menu, the Indian legislator, 



144 LECTURE V. 

Confucius, the Chinese philosopher, Zoroaster, 
the Persian sage, and the Egyptian priests. 

Pythagoras, who had studied their wisdom, 
understood the dispositions of the mind by its 
influence expressed in the exteriors of the 
body ; and accordingly, lamblichus, his bio- 
grapher, tells us he would observe the coun- 
tenance, figure, looks, movements, manner of 
speaking and tone of voice, until he was 
accurately acquainted with any one's charac- 
ter. 

Our present purpose particularly requires 
we should consider the sentiments of the most 
celebrated Greeks on beauty, the connection 
of mental and bodily beauty, and their ex- 
pression in the human form. 

Homer constantly endows his gods with 
personal beauty, accommodated to their mental 
perfection and immortal power, and his heroes 
with the attributes of gods : thus, as he gives 
to Jupiter the epithets of " Counsellor" and 
" Provident," he describes his hair as " divine," 



BEAUTY. 145 

" ambrosial," and his nod as making the 

o 

world tremble; Juno, he calls the " ox-eyed/' 
and the " white-armed;" Minerva, " the blue- 
eyed virgin." Achilles, the hero of the Iliad, 
is the handsomest man that went to Troy ; his 
epithets are, " divine," " godlike," " swift- 
footed ;" Agamemnon is called " the king 
of men ;" Nestor and Ulysses are said to be 
" in council like the gods ;" all expressing the 
union of mental and bodily excellence. 

That the same sentiments continued in after- 
times, we have the coeval testimonies of the 
most illustrious philosophers, tragedians, 
orators and artists. 

In Plato's Dialogue of Phaedrus concerning 
the Beautiful, he shows the power and influence 
of mental beauty on corporeal, and in his dia- 
logue, entitled " the Greater Hippias," Socra- 
tes observes in argument, " that as a beautiful 
vase is inferior to a beautiful horse, and as a 
beautiful horse is not to be compared to a 
beautiful virgin, in the same manner, a beau- 

L 



146 LECTURE V. 

tiful virgin is inferior in beauty to the immortal 
gods ;" " for/' says he, " there is a beauty 
incorruptible, ever the same/' It is remark- 
able that immediately after, he says, " Phidias 
is skilful in beauty/' 

Aristotle, the scholar of Plato, begins his 
" Treatise on Morals" thus " Every art, 
every method and institution, every action 
and council seems to seek some good; there- 
fore, the ancients pronounced the beautiful to 
be the good/' 

Much, indeed, might be collected from this 
philosopher's treatises on morals, poetics, and 
physiognomy, of the greatest importance to 
our subject; but for the present we shall pro- 
duce only two quotations from " Xenophon's 
Memorabilia," which contain the immediate 
application of these principles to the arts of 
design. 

In the dialogue between Socrates and the 
sculptor Clito, Socrates concludes that " Sta- 
tuary must represent the emotions of the soul 
by form ;" and in the former part of the same 



BEAUTY. 147 

dialogue, Parrhasius and Socrates agree that 
" the good and evil qualities of the soul may 
be represented in the figure of man by paint- 
ing." 

In the applications from this dialogue to 
our subject, we must remember philosophy 
demonstrates that rationality and intelligence, 
although connected with animal nature, rises 
above it, and properly exists in a more exalted 
state. 

From such contemplations and maxims, the 
ancient artists sublimated the sentiments of 
their works, expressed in the choicest forms of 
nature; thus they produced their divinities, 
heroes, patriots, and philosophers, adhering to 
the principle of Plato, that " nothing is beau- 
tiful which is not good ;" it was this which, in 
ages of polytheism and idolatry, still continued 
to enforce a popular impression of divine at- 
tributes and perfection. 

In the highest order of divinities, they repre- 
sented, as far as possible, the energy of intel- 



148 LECTURE V. 

lect above the material accidents of passion 
or decay. 

Jupiter* was most placid as most mighty, 
either extending victory as the reward of for- 
titude and patriotic emulation, or holding the 
thunder and sceptre, emblems of his sovereignty 
in the government of the universe; excepting 
when destroying the Titans, he is then in 
heroic action. 

Observations on the Bust of Jupiter. 

A fine remark is made by Winckelman, 
(perhaps suggested by Mengs,) that the brows 
and hair of this head have some resemblance 
to those of the lion ; the beard and hair are 
full, the expression is benevolence and wisdom, 
the age, maturity of power. 

Neptune resembles Jupiter in countenance 
and person, his hair is more disturbed by the 
winds, or wetted by the element he governs, 
he is nearly or entirely unclothed. 

* See Plate XX. 



BEAUTY. 149 

Pluto continues the likeness of the Saturnian 
family, observable in Jupiter and Neptune : 
he sits in solemn state, the ruler of the lower 
world he is covered with drapery his eyes 
have a spectre-like stare and the hair falling 
over his forehead, adds gloom to his counte- 
nance. 

Apollo, Bacchus, and Mercury, distinguished 
by their youth and beauty, preserve the re- 
semblance of their father Jupiter. 

The energetic Apollo Alexicacos, or the 
driver-away of evil, commonly called Belvidere, 
is " severe in youthful beauty;" he supplies 
Homer's description to the sight his golden 
locks are agitated his countenance is indig- 
nant the quiver is hanging on his shoulder 
and he steps forward in the discharge of his 
arrow. 

Apollo in love, or companion of the muses, 
is majestic yet graceful, strongly resembling 
Bacchus, who, in the height of youthful beauty, 
is frequently leaning on a faun, or a muse, or 



150 LECTURE V. 

reclining on Ariadne ; his grace and softness 
approaches to, and sometimes really becomes, 
female delicacy. 

Mercury is a mediate character between 
Apollo and the youthful Hercules ; he unites 
the sublime beauty of divinity with corporeal, 
heroic strength, as patron of gymnastic exer- 
cises, and as messenger of the gods from 
heaven to earth, from earth to heaven. 

The characteristics of elevated beauty are 
continued in the youthful Cupid, Hercules, 
when a child, strangling the serpents, and the 
young Ganymede. Heroes, whether considered 
by the ancients as the immediate progeny of a 
divinity and a mortal, or as having traced their 
descent from divinity more remotely, are of 
muscular forms, in which strength, activity 
and beauty blend, but in such a manner that 
by bodily exertion and agility they have been 
successful combatants and conquerors. Mental 
power characterizes the divinity, bodily exer- 



BEAUTY. 151 

tion the hero. Such is Oileus Ajax, the 
Haemon, Zethus and Amphion. 

Achilles is the example of masculine beauty 
among the heroes, as Hercules is of uncon- 
querable force. 

In the faces of the dying Achilles and Lao- 
coon, pain and death produce nothing like 
distortion, the elevation of noble minds is seen 
in their sufferings. 

The train and ministry of Bacchus afford 
more variety than that of any other divinity 
the sacred instructors the bearers and dis- 
pensers of wine and grapes fauns and satyrs 
of different ages dancing and mad Baccha- 
nals. 

The sacred instructors are bearded: men of 
noble characters entirely clothed. Silenus, 
bearded, with a pleasant countenance, between 
good-fellowship and philosophy a rather spare 
and elegant figure with a faun's tail, entirely 
naked. Such a one nurses the infant Bacchus 
in Perrier's statues. 



152 LECTURE V. 

Two genii, the frequent attendants of 
Bacchus, on either of which he often leans, 
are Ampelus and Aerates. Ampelus is a faun, 
nervous and sprightly; Aerates dwarfish, 
round-bellied, and sometimes hairy. 

The fauns are youthful, sprightly and ten- 
donous ; their faces round, expressive of merri- 
ment, not without an occasional mixture of 
mischief. 

Satyrs, the lowest order in the train of 
Bacchus, are strong resemblances to different 
quadrupeds, their faces and figures partake of 
the ape, the ram, or the goat, they have some- 
times goats' legs, and always either goats' or 
horses' tails. 

The giants are towers of human strength to 
the waist ; but instead of legs their figures ter- 
minate in the huge folds of serpents' tails; 
their heads resemble the Saturnian family, 
but lowering with brutal ferocity ; two small 
serpents are on their heads, perhaps to indicate 
the torments in the lower regions, according 
to Hesiod. 



BEAUTY. 153 

Ocean, and great rivers, as the Nile, 
Euphrates, Tigris, and Tiber, resemble the 
Saturnian family in countenance, hair, and 
beard; their figures Herculean and full of 
flesh. 

The Tritons, and ^inferior sea-divinities, are 
robust men to the middle, ending with fishes' 
tails : their faces are like either the giants' or 
fauns' ; finny hair covers their heads, and gills 
are on their jaws. 

Juno is the first of the goddesses, as sister 
and wife of Jupiter : she possesses the highest 
degree of beauty; her character is lofty and 
imperial. 

Minerva is sometimes seen as the patroness of 
peaceful arts, in attitude highly dignified, yet 
simple, clothed in full drapery, and holding an 
olive branch ; but she is most frequently seen 
armed, in her four-crested helmet and aegis 
bearing the terrors of Medusa's head, holding 
her spear and shield, as the virgin-goddess of 
war. In both characters she is the represen- 
tative of wisdom. 

- 



154 LECTURE V. 

Venus, * the example and patroness of 
beauty, appears more frequently in poetic 
numbers, and rapturous description, than any 
other heathen divinity. She was the delight- 
ing and frequent theme of Homer, Hesiod, 
Sappho, Apollonius Rhodius, Virgil, and in- 
deed most of the ancient poets. Plato distin- 
guishes the celestial from the earthly Venus, 
and Pliny mentions a statue by Phidias of 
Venus Urania, or the heavenly. The Venus 
of Cleomenes, and the Venus de Medicis, are 
certainly of Plato's latter class ; they perfectly 
agree with Hesiod's description ; 

" The lovely modest Goddess rising from the sea, accompa- 
nied by Love, and followed by Desire." 

The Graces are seen in ancient sculpture as 
three lovely, youthful sisters, embracing each 
other. They were always clothed till after the 
time of Socrates. In the earlier ages they 
formed a chorus hand in hand, as described 
by Pindar. 

* See Plates XXL XXII. and XXIII. 



BEAUTY. 155 

The Greek and Latin names of these god- 
desses, Charlies and Gratia, which signify the 
exercise of kind affections, or the charities of 
life, are well personified by the tender union 
of sisters. 

The character and actions of these god- 
desses have given the epithet graceful, to easy, 
undulating motion. 

The sea nymphs are graceful in the ex- 
treme: their beautiful movements are as va- 
rious as the waves on which they are borne ; 
each appears a foam-produced Venus. 

The whole universe was peopled by conge- 
nial beings, substantiated by philosophers, de- 
scribed by poets, and represented with the 
glow of life by painters and sculptors. 

In heaven were good demons, or angelic 
spirits, winged victories, winds, and hours. 

On earth, the genii of mountains, trees, 
rivers and fountains, fauns and satyrs. 

In the infernal regions, furies and chimeras. 

In an assemblage comprehending such an 



156 LECTURE V. 

extent of gradation, with its different races of 
variety, whatever could be chosen from nature, 
or deduced from reasoning, evident or ab- 
stracted, was employed, from the most beauti- 
ful, through various removals and descents, to 
the most gross and terrific. . 

It would be endless to enumerate the foreign 
divinities of Syria, Egypt, Arabia, Persia, 
Africa, Spain, Gaul, Germany, and Britain, 
which during the Roman power received 
Greek and Roman forms and personifications ; 
and, if this were done, we could learn nothing 
novel from it, in relation to our present sub- 
ject. We should, however, be more certainly 
led to this conclusion that wherever traces of 
grandeur or beauty were found, they would 
be discovered as pillage, and transfer, from 
ancient Greece. 

This much being said more particularly in 
respect to the countenances and heads of sta- 
tues, which have been the chief subjects of 



BEAUTY. 157 

former Lectures, we will offer a few general 
remarks on hands and feet. 

The proportion of the hand, (it is well 
known,) from its junction with the wrist to the 
end of the middle finger, is the length of a 
face ; the breadth across the four lower knuckles 
does not exceed half the length, or a nose and 
a half. With these proportions, the beauty of 
the female hand consists in a fulness and 
roundness of form, gently dimpled over the 
first knuckles ; the fingers long, round, taper- 
ing towards the ends, with scarcely any indi- 
cation of joints. 

The male hand, with nearly the same pro- 
portions, has more squareness of form and 
joints, and has little indication of bone or ten- 
don in the youthful figure. 

The foot is about a head and a half-nose 
in length; the breadth, in a strait line across 
the upper joint of the little toe, being one 
third, or a nose and a half. 

The beauty of the female foot consists in a 



158 LECTURE V. 

rounded form, dimpled over the first joints of 
the toes, which are very delicate, with exceed- 
ingly gentle indications of the joints, and 
turned by an almost imperceptible diagonal 
from the great toe. 

The foot of the male figure in youth shows 
no more of its anatomical structure than the 
female, but has a greater squareness of form. 
In more advanced age, or more muscular cha- 
racter, the male foot show^s more of tendon and 
bone ; but in form square and broad, the part 
of the tibia forming the inner ankle is neatly 
defined, as is also the lower part of the fibula, 
forming the outer ankle with the tendon of 
the peroneus muscle ; the knuckles of the toes 
are more strongly marked. 

In both male and female the great toe is 
large in comparison with the others, and sepa- 
rated from them by a distinct space. 

The boundaries of personal beauty are the 
Apollo and Hercules ; a more slender form 
than the Apollo is maigre, and one more 
covered with flesh than the Hercules must be 






BEAUTY. 159 

clumsy ; as one in which the parts are more 
forcibly marked than in the Laocoon would be 
a dissected figure. 

Such are the regulations and forms of beauty 
in the human face and figure, which allow of 
infinite modification and variety, but not trans- 
gression. 

By these general remarks on the principles 
of beauty, the student will be excited to a 
spirit of research, which every one must exert 
for himself in the various galleries and mu- 
seums already published, to be found in the 
library of the Royal Academy, and other pub- 
lic and private repositories, and ancient monu- 
ments ; but this must be in addition to the most 
diligent and continual study of choice nature. 



( 160 ) 



LECTURE VI. 

COMPOSITION. 



HAVING introduced the Lectures on Sculpture 
by an inquiry concerning its relations and con- 
nection with the circle of general knowledge 
stated some important facts in its ancient his- 
tory considered the application of science, the 
observation of nature, and the speculation of 
mental qualities more particularly evident in 
the nobler works of Grecian sculpture we may 
now proceed to that great effort in which the 
artist sums up all his knowledge, embodies all 
his science, and exerts his utmost powers, 
under the standard of passion, or sentiment, 
in composition. 

To avoid repeating that which it is scarcely 
possible to think or say better on the present 



COMPOSITION. 161 

subject, I shall refer the student to the excel- 
lent principles and doctrines in the Lecture on 
Composition by the professor of painting* to 
consider with attention what he has delivered 
on invention and design, on dignity of concep- 
tion, and pathos of sentiment to imprint on 
his memory, with peculiar care, the gradual 
elevation to a climax in the example of Rem- 
brandt's " Ecce Homo" and the degradation 
of subject to the disgusting, in " the blinding 
of Sampson," by the same painter. 

The maxims to be collected from these pa- 
ragraphs of that admirable discourse have 
equal force in both arts ; and as they have been 
laid down for the regulation of painting, it is 
equally important they should be implicitly 
followed in sculpture : for as the theories of 
painting and sculpture, so far as the study of 
colours makes no distinction, are nearly the 
same, the lectures on painting impart a share 
of instruction to the sculptor, little less than 
that which is received by the painter. 

Composition, in the arts of design, is the 

* Mr. Fuseli. 



162 LECTURE VI. 

grouping of figures in succession or action, and 
immediately follows the intelligible imitation 
of the human figure. 

The early compositions of Greece in poetry, 
painting, and sculpture, celebrate heroic deeds 
and sacred mysteries : as the combat of The- 
seus and the Minotaur, of Eteocles and Poly- 
nices, of Hercules and the Centaurs, Dejanira 
carried off by Nessus, processions of divinities, 
and the initiations of Bacchus and Ceres on 
painted vases, coins, votive basso-relievos, and 
ancient wells. Their barbarous violence of 
angular action, or simple formality of move- 
ment, is expressed in a gross execution. 

These were among the first bold attempts of 
painting and sculpture : to emerge from the 
servility of hieroglyphical writing and symboli- 
cal figure ; speaking to the feelings, instead of 
the memory; proclaiming to the spectator's 
transient view, the delivery of a people, the 
fall of a city, or the divine superintendence. 

When the power of Asia was transferred to 



COMPOSITION. 163 

Greece, the sciences, the graces, and the 
muses, bestowed on the arts truth, beauty, and 
inspiration. Colossal statues of prodigious 
size arose in the cities, like guardian genii 
overlooking their states. Their attributes and 
pedestals were adorned with compositions from 
poetry and theology. The porticos were ani- 
mated with the heroes of other times. In the 
friezes of the temples, the Athenians and Ama- 
zons, the Lapithae and Centaurs, the Greeks 
and Persians fought again, whilst assemblies 
of gods and demi-gods in their pediments rose 
to the sky. Such was the state and magnifi- 
cence of sculpture in Greece, which is so far 
important to us, as it makes us acquainted 
with the celebrated compositions of Grecian 
artists. 

Phidias did not only ennoble Athens and 
Elis with colossal statues of Minerva and Ju- 
piter of ivory and gold, but he adorned their 
insignia and pedestals with compositions from 
the grandest subjects in the poems of Homer 
and Hesiod. On the outside of Minerva's 

M 2 



164 LECTURE VI. 

shield was the battle of the Athenians and 
Amazons ; on the inside the contest of the 
gods and giants ; on the pedestal was the birth 
of Pandora. 

On the throne of Jupiter were the destruc- 
tion of Niobe's children, the labours of Her- 
cules, the delivery of Prometheus, the garden 
of the Hesperides, with other incidents of the 
heroic ages. 

On the base, the battle of Theseus and the 
Amazons ; on the pedestal an assembly of the 
gods, the sun and moon in their cars, and the 
birth of Venus. 

These compositions excelled whatever had 
appeared before in beauty, grace, and com- 
pass, in the same proportion as Phidias ex- 
celled his predecessors ; and their numerous 
repetitions testify the esteem of the ancients, 
and give us possession of the spirit and cha- 
racter of the works themselves, in friezes, 
basso-relievos, and painted vases. 

Minerva received in the assembly of the 
gods, on the pediment of her temple at Athens, 



COMPOSITION. 165 

we know from the drawing of it preserved by 
the Marquis Nanteul. 

Of the marriage of Pelops and Hippodamia, 
on the temple of Jupiter at Elis, we may per- 
haps form some conception from a magnificent 
painted vase in the British Museum, on which 
are two quadrigas, and various human figures. 

The battles of the Athenians with the Ama- 
zons and Persians, beheld by assemblies of the 
gods, in the temples of Minerva and Theseus, 
and the Propyleum of Athens, together with 
the frieze lately discovered at Phigaleia, are 
admirable examples of simplicity and energy. 

When the states of Greece ceased to be free, 
they could no longer raise noble temples from 
the spoils of their enemies, and blazon their 
own struggles for freedom, or proclaim their 
divinities on friezes and pediments ; but, with 
the same love of their country, they employed 
their genius on inferior memorials of their 
heroic or deified ancestors, for porticos, libra- 
ries, halls, or tombs. The wars of Troy and 
Thebes, the stories of their ancient families 



166 LECTURE VI. 

and kings, expanded by the tragic poets from 
the episodes of Homer, have bestowed on us 
those invaluable compositions the discovery 
of Achilles, his contest with Agamemnon, the 
death of Egysthus and Clytemnestra, Orestes 
and the Furies, Orpheus and Eurydice, Medea 
and Jason, CEdipus Coloneus, and the death 
of Meleager. 

The principal compositions of Roman sculp- 
ture, the best of which, there is reason to 
believe, were executed by Greek artists, are 
those of the arches raised to Titus, Trajan, 
Marcus Aurelius, Severus, and Constantine 
the Trajan Antonine, and Theodosian columns. 
They breathe the spirit of the people they 
commemorate war, conquest, and universal 
dominion ! 

In the Greek compositions, the counte- 
nances and figures are of exalted beauty; the 
actions display the limbs and body with the 
greatest variety, energy, and grace ; the sub- 



COMPOSITION. 167 

jects are heroic or divine. They have a kin- 
dred sublimity with Homer, of patriotism with 
Tyrtaeus, the noble flights of Pindar, the ter- 
rors of ^Eschylus, and the tenderness of So- 
phocles ! 

The Roman compositions owe no inspiration 
to the muses, urge no claim to the epic or 
dramatic. They are the mere paragraphs of 
military gazettes ! vulgar in conception, fero- 
cious in sentiment. On the columns and 
arches above mentioned, the principal objects 
are mobs of Romans, cased in armour, bearing 
down unarmed, scattered Germans, Dacians, 
or Sarmatians soldiers felling timber, driving 
piles, building walls or bridges, carrying rub- 
bish, shouldering battering-rams, killing with- 
out mercy, or dragging and binding captives. 
The forms of their bodies and limbs are inter- 
rupted by mail or plate armour, and most of 
the heads so brutal and savage, as to excite 
compassion for the barbarians who have fallen 
into their hands. 



168 LECTURE VI. 

From this abasement of sculpture in Italy we 
shall willingly turn again to the compositions 
of the Greeks, and observe that this people, 
who had embodied the false divinities of Olym- 
pus, and widely spread their fame by the per- 
fection of their representations, the same peo- 
ple were the first to declare the sacred oracles 
of truth, under the Christian dispensation, by 
the mute eloquence of painting and sculpture. 

Different subjects of Holy Writ are men- 
tioned by the writers of those times, which no 
longer exist. 

o 

Some mosaics, ivory carvings, and illumina- 
tions, which have escaped the destruction of 
Moslem fanaticism, abundantly indicate the 
beauty of those more considerable works we 
have lost. 

Seven or eight Greek Christian compositions 
were mentioned in a former lecture, as having 
been standards to the Italian painters, from 
which they scarcely ventured to deviate for 
ages, viz., The creation of Adam and of 
Eve, the Nativity,* the Transfiguration, the 

* See Plates II. XXXV. XXXVI. and XXXIX. 



COMPOSITION. 169 

Crucifixion, the Resurrection, the Glorification, 
with some others, which amply prove that the 
sacred flame remained in Greece which kindled 
light and life in the modern arts of Western 
Europe. 

Grecian composition may be traced in the 
biblical basso-relievos of Orvieto by Nicolas 
and John Pisani ; in the noble bronzes of the 
life of Christ on the pulpits of St. Lorenzo in 
Florence, by Donatello ; on the bronze gates 
of St. John's Baptistery, in the same city, by 
Lorenzo Ghiberti, and in the paintings of 
Raphael and Michael Angelo. 



The Greek poets conducted their works on 
a plan of composition which equally governs 
painting and sculpture. 

Homer's Iliad is a whole, united in its parts 
by connection, and varied by gradation. 

The sentiment throughout is wrath, begin- 
ning with the dissension of the kings, continued 
by the vengeance of the Trojans, and ended 



170 LECTURE VI. 

by the destruction of Troy's hope and bulwark 
in the death of Hector. 

Achilles is the hero, who, like the sun, 
enlightens and heats all by the blaze of his 
presence; his absence is darkness and dis- 
may. 

There is the same unity in connection and 
gradation of characters and circumstances to 
be found in the Prometheus of ^Eschylus. 

Vulcan, Force and Strength ; Mercury, Ocean, 
and the Nymphs are but contingents to the 
adamantine spirit of Prometheus, whom the 
threats of Jupiter could not move, nor convul- 
sions of the universe terrify : the interest is in 
him, to which the ministering violence, admo- 
nition, consolation or tenderness of the inferior 
characters give subordinate relation. 

The principles of composition, that the story 
should be a perfect whole, and that one cha- 
racter should be supreme, to which all the 
inferiors should have some relation by connec- 
tion or separation, is seen in every action of 



COMPOSITION. 171 

men. The individual variety of character is 
equally in the order of nature. 

Aristotle and Horace in their " Arts of 
Poetry/' (besides the above mentioned,) pro- 
pose various rules, which equally govern the 
poet, painter, and sculptor ; and that no doubt 
may be entertained concerning the practice of 
the ancient artists, Horace tells us that " the 
poet and painter are regulated by the same 
principles." 

For the sake of clearness, the rules of com- 
position shall be given under distinct heads. 

First, a poet speaks by words. 

The painter and sculptor by action. 

Action singly, or in series : thus the story of 
Laocoon is told by the agony of the father and 
sons, inextricably wound about in the folds of 
serpents. 

The anger of Achilles is shown by drawing 
his sword on Agamemnon in the council of 
the kings. And every action is more perfect 
as it comprehends an indication of the past, 



172 LECTURE VI. 

with a certainty of the end, in the moment 
chosen. 

Ananias, falling in the contractions of death 
at the feet of Peter, proves a divine authority 
in the apostle's rebuke, whilst Sapphira, count- 
ing the silver, leads to the nature of his offence. 
See Raphael's Cartoon. 

In the group of Haemon and Antigone, he 
supports the expiring woman, whilst he kills 
himself with the same sword which slew her, 
proving his death to be a consequence of hers. 

Expression distinguishes the species of action 
in the whole and in all the parts ; in the faces, 
figures, limbs and extremities. Whether the 
story be heroic, grave, or tender, it is the very 
soul of composition it animates its characters 
and gradations, as the human soul doth the 
body and limbs it engages the attention, and 
excites an interest which compensates for a 
multitude of defects whilst the most admirable 
execution, without a just and lively expression, 
will be disregarded as laborious inanity, or 



COMPOSITION. 173 

contemned as an illusory endeavour to impose 
on the feelings and the understanding. 

The general forms of masses in composition 
have been enumerated and ably described by 
the professor of painting ; but as these particu- 
larly concern the sculptor, whose whole study 
is form, a repetition will not be useless. 

The forms are the pyramid erect, inverted, 
or lateral, the circle and the oval ; they may 
be radiated, and the whole will have a flame- 
like undulation in effect, from the ever-vary- 
ing succession of curves in the outline and 
action of the human figure. 

The parts will be more simple and rectilinear 
in repose, more angular in violent action, and 
partaking of gentle curves when the subject 
is tender, and the persons elegant: when the 
limbs are entwined as struggling, or in any 
sympathetic act either of force or tenderness, 
the joints, the general curves and views of the 
limbs should never be exactly and mechani- 
cally the same, but partake of the wonderful 
variety of nature, in which all faces, all bodies, 



174 LECTURE VI. 

and all efforts are different. This gives life 



and motion. 

What has been said above, is equally appli- 
cable to the group or basso-relievo, but the 
application must be accommodated to the 
subject. 

The entire group is independent of back- 
ground, and that additional contrast or effect 
produced by the adjunction of secondary figures 
and objects; it is one whole, whose idea is 
perfect, and action satisfactory in itself; it is 
to be seen in every view, and each view must 
exhibit a different group, preserving a succes- 
sion of beautiful forms and distinct lines, with- 
out impairing the energy of sentiment. 

The basso-relievo may be considered in 
effect as a picture without colouring, whose 
back-ground is light, a little subdued, the 
figures thereon being chiefly of the middle 
tint, with touches of strong dark in the depths, 
and bright lights on the higher projections. 
This species of sculpture is not intended to be 
seen in many views like the entire group, but 



COMPOSITION. 175 

it has this advantage, that more groups than 
one may be on the same back-ground, and 
sometimes a succession of events in the same 
story ; a greater force is given to harmony, or 
contrast of lines, by the number of groups and 
figures, as well as the projection of their 
shadows. 

The ancients, who considered simplicity as 
a characteristic of perfection, represented 
stories by a single row of figures in the bas- 
relief, by which the whole outline of the figure 
or group, the energy of action, the concatena- 
tion of limbs, the flight or flow of drapery 
were seen with little interruption; but there 
are instances of the best times in low relievo, 
where many horsemen are advancing before 
each other, the nearer horse hiding the hinder 
parts of the preceding, and sometimes part of 
the rider, without causing the least confusion 
of effect, in the frieze from the Temple of 
Minerva in Lord's Elgin's collection. 

There are noble examples, also, of groups 
and figures rushing in the same reiterated line 



176 LECTURE VI. 

through the composition ; but even in basso- 
relievo, it must be remembered, the work is 
sculpture, which allows no picturesque addi- 
tion or effect of back-ground ; the story must 
be told, and the field occupied by the figure 
and acts of man. 

All art, as the imitation of nature, must be 
allied by the same relations, and submit to the 
same laws which govern nature itself: thus, a 
certain view of the human figure is most fit to 
express its spring and motion in running or 
striking, and consequently the quantity of the 
figure seen in that view ; another quantity will 
more properly belong to a different exertion or 
repose. 

The story may require that the upper part 
of one figure should be principal, whilst, per- 
haps, the lower parts are concealed by an in- 
tervening object; some figures may be running 
in different directions, more crowded, or sepa- 
rate. To regulate these spaces and quantities 
harmoniously, concerns the sculptor in his 



COMPOSITION. 177 

composition, equally with the poet or musician 
in theirs. This is to be done by the same 
means, according to different modes of mani- 
festation, and the 3ds, 5ths, and 8ths, with 
their subdivisions, taken by gross calculation 
in the arts of design, not exact measurement, 
will produce the same agreeable effect in lines, 
light and shadow, space and the arrangement 
of colours, as is produced by similar quantities 
in music. 

One simple instance only shall be given of 
opposition, and another of harmony, in lines 
and quantities: two equal curves, set with 
either their convex or concave faces to each 
other, produce opposition ; but unite two 
curves of different size and segment, they will 
produce that harmonious line, termed graceful, 
in the human figure. 

Concerning the quantity of light and shadow 
in a group, if the light be one-third, and 
shadow two-thirds, the effect will be bold. If 
the light be one part, and the shade four, it 
will be still bolder, and accord with a tragic 

N 



178 LECTURE VI. 

or terrific action ; but the more general effect 
of sculpture is two-thirds of light on the middle 
of the group, with a small proportion of very 
dark shadow in the deeper hollows. 

An attention to the materials of sculpture 
will naturally lead us to the description of its 
legitimate subjects. The grey solemn tints 
of stone, the beautiful semi-transparent purity 
of marble, the golden splendor, or corroding 
darkened green of bronze, reject as incongru- 
ous all subjects and characters which have not 
some dignity and elevation. 

The awful simplicity of those forms whose 
eyes have neither colour nor brilliancy, and 
whose limbs have not the glow of circulation, 
strikes the first view of the beholder as beings 
of a different order from himself. 

Angels, spiritual ministers, embodied virtues, 
departed worthies, the patriot or general bene- 
factor, shining in the splendor of his deeds, 
or gloomy and consuming memorials of the 
great in former ages such subjects distinguish 
temples, churches, palaces, courts of justice, 



COMPOSITION. 179 

and the open squares of cities. At the same 
time that they symbolize their several purposes, 
they may be comprehended in the three classes 
of sublime, heroic, and tender. 

The sublime represents all supernatural acts 
and appearances, such as assemblies of the 
gods, or falls of the giants, &c. In the higher 
class of Christian subjects are the different 
Acts of Creation, the Angels appearing to the 
Shepherds, the Transfiguration, the Ascension, 
and the Judgment. 

In this class can be nothing common in idea, 
person, or action ; the idea, whether simple or 
complex, must be such as cannot be seen in 
nature ; the beauty and dignity of the persons 
should be more than human, and the action, 
whether forcible or pathetic, should be action 
in its essence. 

Of the heroic class of composition, we may 
account the battles of the Athenians and 
Amazons and of the Athenians and Persians, in 
the Temples of Minerva and Theseus in Athens, 

N 2 



180 LECTURE VI. 

* 

and the Temple of Apollo at Pbigaleia, with 
such subjects as the story of Orestes, and the 
death of Egysthus, in the ancient basso-re- 
lievos. 

Of the tender or pathetic, are the Death of 
Meleager, Antiope comforted by Zethus and 
Amphion ; to which may be added, such Chris- 
tian subjects as Michael Angelo's Holy Family 
and Charity ; for although these two last are 
paintings, their compositions are so perfectly 
scriptural, that they may without impropriety 
be admitted into the present arrangement. 

Another class of subjects are to be observed 
among the ancient basso-relievos, which may 
be termed the graceful, from the prevalence 
of elegant female figures in the pageants of 
marine divinities, or in the festive choruses. 

The characteristics of Grecian composition 
in the best ages, are simplicity and distinct- 
ness, in all the examples of painting and sculp- 
ture which have come down to us. Where 
the story does not require much action, it is 
told by gentle movements, and the figures, 



COMPOSITION. 181 

whether grouped or single, have a sufficient 
portion of plain back-ground left about them, 
to show the general lines with the forms of the 
limbs and draperies perfectly intelligible. 

Where complication and force of action 
may be required, it is done with a grace of 
concatenation which adds continuity to the 
act, without causing it to be less distinct. And 
in such acts as are all agitation and violence, 
the force of striking, the rush of flight, the 
agony of dying, and the prostration of the 
dead, in which union of action is enforced by 
repetition, and difference of situation by con- 
trast, still the same distinctness is preserved. 

In the great compositions of modern times, 
the Last Judgment of Michael Angelo, and the 
Fall of the Angels by Rubens, there are multi- 
tudes and legions in comparison with the 
separate figures and single groups in the most 
considerable of the ancient works. The be- 
holder is thunderstruck by angels falling in 
groups and forked masses, amalgamating in 
the vivid flashes, and darkening in the sulphu- 



182 LECTURE VI. 

rous smoke, in the various dismay, horror, 
terror, and torpor of deadened intellect in 
their lost condition. In this picture the un- 
dulation of figures and groups, the entwining 
of limbs, the breadth and quantities of light 
and shade may be studied by the painter and 
sculptor with equal advantage. 

The Last Judgment, by Michael Angelo, is, 
however, a more consummate work, and the 
parent from which Rubens's Fall of the An- 
gels has derived its being. 

If the Judgment is inferior to the Falling 
Angels in general effect in the breadth of 
light and shade the strength of approaching 
parts and gradual distance of those which 
retreat, by diffusion of middle tint and the 
vivid variegations of reflex, it is superior in 
the sublimity and extent of character and 
action in the gradations of sentiment and 
passion, from exalted beatitude to the abyss 
of hopeless destruction in the kinds and 
species of these degrees, in relations to the 



COMPOSITION. 183 

theological and cardinal virtues, opposed to 
the seven deadly sins, in uncommon, original, 
distinct and fit appropriation in the groups or 
separate figures. The sentiment of particular 
figures and groups is in the whole, and all the 
parts penetrating, sympathetic, and true. 

Despair plunges headlong downwards, the 
fall of the contentious is aided by strife and 
blows, the malignant drawn downwards by 
the fiends, is tormented in his way by the 
biting serpent ; for some there is a terrific con- 
test between angels and infernals.* 

Among the happy, brotherly love is evident 
in three figures which shoot upwards together, 
whose faces, seen a little beyond each other, 
appear to be reflections of the same self ; seve- 
ral rise to the heavenly region by the attrac- 
tions of purity, piety, and charity. 

In this stupendous work, in addition to the 
genius of the mighty master, the mechanical 
powers and movements of the figure, its ana- 
tomical energy and forms, are shown by such 

* See Plate XXXVII. 



184 LECTURE VI. 

perspective of the most difficult positions, as 
surpass any examples left by the ancients on a 
flat surface or low relief, and are only to be 
equalled in kind, but not in the proportion of 
complication, in the front and diagonal views 
of the Laocoon, and all the views of the Boxers, 
which are both entire groups. 

By such observations on these works, so far 
as composition and design are common to the 
sister arts, the sculptor perceives the scope 
and power of his own art. 

It is true, that sublime and extensive works 
are seldom required in the slow and difficult 
process of sculpture ; but he who loves the 
honourable exercise of his art, and the intel- 
lectual delight of worthy exertion, will endea- 
vour to prepare himself for all difficulties : be- 
sides, the combinations and particular groups 
will be more or less concerned in the studies 
of every day ; and as the electric fluid pervades 
all matter, so the same spirit and principles 
which inform these works, penetrate the whole 
study of the human figure. 



COMPOSITION. 185 

The lines of Grecian composition enchant 
the beholder by their harmony and perfection, 
and this portion of study seems to have been 
highly improved by Pamphilus, the learned 
Macedonian painter, who denied that any one 
could succeed in the study of painting, without 
arithmetic and geometry. The application of 
these two sciences is very evident in the arts of 
design : by arithmetic, the proportions of the 
human figure and other animals are reckoned, 
and the quantities of bodies, superficies, or 
light and shade ascertained; geometry gives 
lines and diagrams for the motion, outline, 
and drapery of the figure, regulated by the 
harmony of agreeable proportions, or the op- 
position of contrast. The effect is evident in 
the groups of Laocoon and the Boxers, the 
bas-relief of the Niobe family, and that of the 
rape of Proserpine ; but this magic bond of 
arrangement was utterly lost when the other 
perfections of Grecian genius were over- 
whelmed in barbarism, nor in any degree re- 
covered until late in the resurrection of the 



186 LECTURE VI. 

arts, and then they were reproduced by the 
same means which had discovered, them. 

The study of geometry became more gene- 
ral, and had been applied with more success 
to the improvement of science and art, after 
the learned Greeks, who fled from Constan- 
tinople, settled in Italy. 

Leonardo da Vinci and Michael Angelo 
were greedy partakers in this abundant harvest 
of knowledge. Michael Angelo* showed his 
sensibility to the play of lines in his picture of 
the Holy Family, in which the Virgin, sitting 
on the ground, receives the infant Jesus, whom 
Joseph, stooping behind, presents over her 
right shoulder. 

Leonardo da Vinci, who had devoted much 
time to mechanical and geometrical studies, 
composed the Contest for the Standard, intended 
to be painted in the great hall of the old palace 
of Florence. This was indeed a prodigy in 
modern advancement, and the first great ex- 

* See Plate XXXVIII. 



COMPOSITION. 187 

ample of complicated grouping since the arts 
flourished in ancient Greece. 

Michael Angelo's mind seems at this time to 
have been employed on the powers, forms, 
and views of the human figure singly, and per- 
haps the admirable groups in the ceiling and 
Last Judgment of the Sistine Chapel were the 
consequence of Leonardo da Vinci's example. 
We are sure, the several hunts of the lions, 
hippopotamus, and crocodile, were painted by 
Rubens in emulation, if not imitation, of 
Leonardo's Battle of the Standard ; and such 
is their merit, that in them you see the men 
strike, the horses kick, the wild animals roar- 
ing, turn and rend their hunters, with a gran- 
deur of lines equal to the vivacity of action 
and passion. In comparing these with similar 
subjects in ancient basso-relievos, particularly 
with those on the arch of Constantine, in which 
Trajan hunts the lion and boar, modern genius 
shines with uncommon brilliancy, and Trajan 
with his followers, and the animals they attack, 
are tame, insipid, and unnatural. 



188 LECTURE VI. 

In comparing ancient and modern composi- 
tions, we shall find the excellence of each was 
derived from the systems and moral habits of 
the times and countries. The Greeks admired, 
encouraged and cultivated personal beauty by 
gymnastic exercises and public rewards in the 
Olympian meeting of the states ; consequently, 
what they admired, they represented. The 
most choice selections of countenance and 
form, the most elegant display in the folds of 
drapery, was seen in their councils of divini- 
ties ; in combats and heroic adventures, grace, 
elasticity of action and personal courage were 
conspicuous. 

The modern arts have been more zealously 
employed to commemorate the acts and events 
of that dispensation which governs their con- 
duct, and determines their future condition ; 
and even in their celebrations and memorials 
of political occurrences, or private characters, 
they are always combinations of the moral 
virtues, or the influences of providential direc- 



COMPOSITION. 189 

tion. What has been done, and what may be' 
done from such subjects, is proved by Michael 
Angelo's Old Testament* and Judgment, in the 
Sistine Chapel the Calling of Paul, and the 
Martyrdom of Peter, in the Pauline Chapel 
the Plagues in the last days of the Church, by 
Signorelli, in the Cathedral of Orvieto the 
Cartoons of Raphael the scriptural basso- 
relievos by John and Nicholas Pisani, Dona- 
tello, and Lorenzo Ghiberti. These subjects 
are more than sufficient to employ the greatest 
human powers, comprehending whatever is 
most sublime or beautiful in energy or repose 
most tender, most affectionate, most forcible, 
or most terrific. 

An additional distinction between the sub- 
jects of ancient and modern composition is oc- 
casioned by parental affection, and domestic 
charities, being cherished in the Christian dis- 
pensation much more powerfully than in the 
Grecian codes : to these graces of benevolence 

* See Plate XXXIII. 



190 LECTURE VI. 

we owe those lovely groups the Holy Families 
of Raphael and Gorreggio, and the Charity* 
of Michael Angelo, unequalled by any ancient 
composition of a mother and children, and one 
of the finest groups in existence. 

In a discourse on the composition of sculp- 
ture, some observations may be expected on 
sepulchral monuments and equestrian statues ; 
but little need be said concerning them at pre- 
sent, because the sculptor capable of pro- 
ducing a fine group, or alto-relievo of three or 
more figures, need only limit the compass of 
his powers, or submit them to architectural 
arrangements, and he will execute either one 
or the other without difficulty; but let him 
always remember, that the entire group, and 
the alto or basso-relievo, are the only legiti- 
mate sculpture. 

All those monuments of the later Italian 
school in which entire figures are mingled with 

* See Plate XXXIV. 



COMPOSITION. 191 

those of low relief on pyramidal back-grounds, 
are mean attempts to unite the effects and per- 
spective of painting, with the force and severity 
of sculpture, as ineffectual as injudicious, and 
as they partake in the qualities of both arts, 
cannot properly be ranked in either. 

The sculptor must not forget that his art is 
limited in comparison with painting; colours 
and their effects are beyond his bound ; whether 
the act he represents was performed in the 
bright mid-day sunshine or the darkness of 
midnight concerns him not, his forms must be 
equally perfect, and his expression equally de- 
cided. Even basso-relief, a tree or two, some 
rude stone, a flat column, or a wall, slightly 
marked in the back-ground, must indicate a 
forest, a mountain, or a palace, without detail- 
ing a portrait of their component parts. 

Such are the limits which circumscribe the 
sculptor ; but it is a limitation by which he is 
in a measure delivered from the restraints of 
time and space, which strengthens his powers 
by concentration, and by which he is privi- 



192 LECTURE VI. 

leged to disregard inferior objects for the 
human figure, the most perfect of all forms, 
with all the gradations of intelligence, affec- 
tion, sentiment, action or passion, capable of 
being expressed in the human figure, individu- 
ally or in numbers, and in the different orders 
of being, from the exalted supernatural agent 
to the lower degradations which terminate in 
brutal nature. 

What has been delivered comprises some of 
the rules for composing, and observations on 
composition, the most obvious, and perhaps 
not the least useful. They have been collected 
from the best works and the best writings, 
examined and compared with their principles 
in nature. Such a comprehensive view may 
be serviceable to the younger student, in point- 
ing his way, preventing error, and showing the 
needful materials ; but after all, he must per- 
form the work himself! All rules, all critical 
discourses, can but awaken the intelligence, 
and stimulate the will, with advice and direc- 
tions for a beginning of that which is to be 



COMPOSITION. 193 

done. They may be compared to the scaffold- 
ing for raising a magnificent palace ; it is nei- 
ther the building nor the decoration, but it is 
the workman's indispensable help in erecting 
the walls which enclose the apartments, and 
which may afterwards be enriched with the 
most splendid ornaments. 

Every painter and sculptor feels conviction 
that a considerable portion of science is requi- 
site to the productions of liberal art; but he 
will be equally convinced that whatever is pro- 
duced from principles and rules only, added to 
the most exquisite manual labour, is no more 
than a mechanical work ! Sentiment is the life 
and soul of fine art ! without, it is all a dead 
letter! Sentiment gives a sterling value, an 
irresistible charm, to the rudest imagery or 
most unpractised scrawl. By this quality a 
firm alliance is formed with the affections in all 
works of art. With an earnest watchfulness 
for their preservation, we are made to perceive 
and feel the most sublime and terrific subjects, 

o 



194 LECTURE VI. 

following the course of sentiment through the 
current and mazes of intelligence and passion 
to the most delicate and tender ties and sym- 
pathies of affection ; the benign exertions of 
spiritual natures ; the tremendous fall of rebel 
angels or Titans ; the immoveable fortitude or 
contending energy of patriotism ; the sincerity 
of friendship, and the irresistible harmony of 
connubial, maternal, fraternal and filial love. 

Such effects are produced by the communi- 
cation of the artist's own choicest feelings and 
faculties, embodied and enforced by the unin- 
terrupted and constant observation and imita- 
tion of whatever is most strikingly excellent in 
nature. 

In these discourses on subjects extensive 
and various in their relations will be found 
many defects, both of matter and example, 
and some of these the author is not ashamed to 
acknowledge may exist beyond the limits of his 
intelligence to perceive, or his power to cor- 
rect ; yet he cherishes a hope of removing some 



COMPOSITION. 195 

of the errors, and adding such improvements as 
his abilities permit, with a desire that the lec- 
tures on sculpture may in time become a por- 
tion not unworthy of the noble theory and plan 
of education for the sister Arts, as pursued in 
the Royal Academy. 



( 196 ) 



LECTURE VII. 



STYLE. 

THE introduction to a theory, whether of sci- 
ence or art, practical or abstracted, should 
contain such a compendious view of the sub- 
ject, as will connect all the branches or mem- 
bers with the principle on which they depend 
for their essential quality, and peculiar charac- 
teristic distinction ; so that our view of the 
whole should comprehend the parts of which it 
is composed, and our inquiries concerning the 
parts should be guided and regulated by that 
common principle in which they are all united. 
This universal and indispensable maxim, 
applied to a course of Lectures on Sculpture, 
will naturally lead us to some well-known qua- 
lity which originates in the birth of the art 
itself increases in its growth strengthens in 



STYLE. 197 

its vigour attains the full measure of beauty 
in the perfection of its parent cause and, in 
its decay, withers and expires ! Such a qua- 
lity will define the stages of its progress, and 
will mark the degrees of its debasement ; it 
will point out how, and when, proportions 
were obtained by measure and calculation 
when geometrical figures more simple, or com- 
plicated, decided form how the harmony of 
lines in composition produce energy by con- 
trast, and sympathy by assimilation. Such a 
quality immediately determines to our eyes 
and understanding, the barbarous attempt of 
the ignorant savage the humble labour of the 
mere workman the miracle of art conducted 
by science, ennobled by philosophy, and per- 
fected by the zealous and extensive study of 
nature. 

This distinguishing quality is understood by 
the term Style, in the arts of design. This 
term, at first, was applied to poetry, and the 
style of Homer and Pindar must have been 
familiar long before Phidias or Zeuxis were 



198 LECTURE VII. 

known ; but, in process of time, as the poet 
wrote with his style or pen, and the designer 
sketched with his style or pencil, the name of 
the instrument was familiarly used to express 
the genius and productions of the writer and 
the artist ; and this symbolical mode of speak- 
ing has continued from the earliest times 
through the classical ages, the revival of arts 
and letters, down to the present moment, 
equally intelligible, and is now strengthened 
by the uninterrupted use and authority of 
ancients and moderns. 

And here we may remark, that as by the 
term style we designate the several stages of 
progression, improvement, or decline of the 
art, so by the same term, and at the same time, 
we more indirectly relate to the progress of 
the human mind, and states of society; for 
such as the habits of the mind are, such will 
be the works, and such objects as the under- 
standing and the affections dwell most upon, will 
be most readily executed by the hands. Thus 
the savage depends on clubs, spears and axes 



STYLE. 199 

for safety and defence against his enemies, 
and on his oars or paddles for the guidance of 
his canoe through the waters : these, therefore, 
engage a suitable portion of his attention, and, 
with incredible labour, he makes them the 
most convenient possible for his purpose ; and, 
as a certain consequence, because usefulness 
is a property of beauty, he frequently produces 
such an elegance of form, as to astonish the 
more civilized and cultivated of his species. 
He will even superadd to the elegance of form 
an additional decoration in relief on the sur- 
face of the instrument, a wave line, a zig-zag, 
or the tie of a band, imitating such simple ob- 
jects as his wants and occupations render fami- 
liar to his observation such as the first twi- 
light of science in his mind enables him to com- 
prehend. Thus far his endeavours are crowned 
with a certain portion of success ; but if he 
extend his attempt to the human form, or the 
attributes of divinity, his rude conceptions 
and untaught mind produce only images of 
lifeless deformity, or of horror and disgust. 



200- LECTURE VII. 

When we consider these weak and inefficient 
attempts for a moment, with what astonish- 
ment shall we turn to the almost breathing- 
statue, whose mimic flesh seems yielding to 
the touch ! whose balance alarms with the ex- 
pectation of movement ! whose countenance 
beams with the sweetest charities of humanity ! 
In these opposite descriptions we contemplate 
the productions of man just emerging from 
gross and savage nature, and civilized man, 
formed to moral habits, intellectual enjoy- 
ments, and delighting to trace the Creator in 
his works. 

Such is the difference between the beginning 
and the perfection of art. To mark this pro- 
gress and its gradations is the object of our 
present inquiry ; nor will our time be unprofit- 
ably employed ; for if, by the characteristics 
of style, we can secure land-marks on the road 
to excellence, we may avoid the danger of de- 
viating into the paths of error. 

The characters of style may be properly 
arranged under two heads, the Natural and 
the Ideal. 



STYLE. 201 

The Natural Style may be defined thus : a 
representation of the human form, according 
to the distinctions of sex and age, in action or 
repose, expressing the affections of the soul. 

The same words may be used to define the 
Ideal Style, but they must be followed by this 
addition " selected from such perfect exam- 
ples as may excite in our minds a conception 
of the supernatural/' 

By these definitions will be understood, that 
the natural style is peculiar to humanity, and 
the ideal to spirituality and divinity. 

In our pursuit of this subject we are aware 
of the propensity to imitation common in all, 
by which our knowledge of surrounding ob- 
jects is increased, and our intellectual facul- 
ties are elevated ; and we consequently find in 
most countries attempts to copy the human 
figure, in early times, equally barbarous, whe- 
ther they were the production of India, Baby- 
lon, Germany, Mexico, or Otaheite. They 
equally partake in the common deformities of 
great heads, monstrous faces, diminutive and 



202 LECTURE VII. 

mis-shapen bodies and limbs. We shall, how- 
ever, say no more of these abortions, as they 
really have no nearer connection with style, 
than the child's first attempts to write the al- 
phabet can claim with the poet's inspiration, or 
the argument and description of the orator. 

We shall now proceed to mark the charac- 
ter, and trace the progress of style, not from 
the earliest dawn, but rather from the sun-rise 
of human intelligence, when the imitative 
faculty is assisted by rule, and corrected by 
reflection when the representation partakes, 
in some degree, of man's dignity in counte- 
nance and figure. In this state we find paint- 
ing and sculpture among the Egyptians, whose 
application to geometry, and inquiries con- 
cerning the animal structure, enabled them to 
give a general, though imperfect, proportion 
and outline to their figures, whose forms, how- 
ever, were more determined by simple geome- 
trical lines, than a scrupulous attention to 
nature. 

Professions in Egypt (as before observed) 



STYLE. 203 

being hereditary, the son was obliged to follow 
the father's occupation, and as the same parti- 
cular talent could not be expected through a 
series of generations, the painting or sculpture 
would have little concern with genius or study : 
their productions would be determined by the 
family receipt, and the works must be me- 
chanical labour, not liberal art. 

The proportions of Egyptian figures are 
about seven heads in height, in slighter works 
of painting and relievo frequently more, the 
breadth of the figure agreeing with the height. 
The face is generally youthful, even when a 
beard, in the form of a peg, is added to the 
chin we may suppose intended to signify ad- 
vancement in years. The nose, eyes, eye- 
brows, mouth, and extended line of the cheeks, 
are formed of simpler curves than are usually 
seen in nature. The countenances greatly re- 
semble each other, and are placid, with a mix- 
ture of cunning. 

The attitudes of Egyptian statues have little 
variety ; if standing, one leg is a little ad- 



204 LECTURE VII. 

vanced, the arms hang down close to the sides; 
sometimes one arm is laid across the breast. 
Figures sitting on seats have the legs and 
thighs forming right angles in the side view, 
and in front the legs are parallel to each other. 
Sometimes the figure sits on the ground, with 
the legs drawn near the body in parallel lines ; 
sometimes the figure is kneeling. 

In the historical or allegorical bas-relievos 
of the Egyptians, their subjects are composed 
in the most evident and common manner, cer- 
tainly without artifice or system, on the one 
hand, as, on the other, they are devoid of ele- 
gance or choice. 

The drapery of the Egyptian statues is close, 
and seldom interrupted by folds. 

The Egyptian animals are superior works of 
art to their human statues, and a reason for 
this is, that inferior animals are more easily re- 
presented. 

The style of Egyptian sculpture is simplicity 
in the extreme, and the magnitude of their 
colossal works is awful ; but the simplicity is 



STYLE. 205 

so excessive, that one face, and one set of 
forms, have extended an universal monotony 
of resemblance, as far as possible, through the 
differences of age and sex. The surface of the 
body and limbs betrays a great ignorance in 
the knowledge of the bones, muscles, and ten- 
dons, which produce the forms in the surface ; 
and, although this people have been celebrated 
for their skill in geometry, their basso-relievos 
and painted compositions demonstrate that 
they had not advanced sufficiently to determine 
the balance and motion of the human figure by 
the rules of that science. 

The Egyptian sculptors astonish us by their 
indefatigable labour, but, considered as artists, 
they are but beginners ; their works little more 
than bodies without souls, the dead letter of 
the art, whose purpose was, symbolically, to 
deliver an historical fact, a philosophical pre- 
cept, or a divine mystery; but never to charm 
by life, sentiment, heroic power, or spiritual 
beauty. 

The Hindu sculpture has been thought to 



206 LECTURE VII. 

resemble the Egyptian, but the latter nation 
has given greater beauty to the countenance, 
with a better proportion to the figure, although 
some smaller Hindu works of bronze and ivory 
have the detail of parts finished with great de- 
licacy, and the events of Hindu mythology 
have furnished various extraordinary and poet- 
ical compositions, more singular and elegant 
than has been hitherto seen in the published 
antiquities of Egypt. 

The arts of design in China have been also 
supposed to bear some resemblance to those of 
Egypt; but the architecture is wholly different 
in character and principle. The sculpture of 
the two nations seems to have little in com- 
mon ; and whatever painting they practised in 
ancient times might be native, or foreign re- 
ceived from Greece, but, for centuries past, 
we know too much of their intercourse with 
Europe not to be sure that their best works 
have been matured by foreign instruction. 

Having incidentally mentioned the arts of 
these two countries in relation to those of 



STYLE. 207 

Egypt, we will proceed in our inquiries con- 
cerning style, by an examination of early works 
in Greece. 

Fortunately for us, we have a mass of un- 
doubted evidence existing, so extensive in its 
nature, and yet so perfect in coincidence, as 
will excite surprise when we consider the suc- 
ceeding tides of destruction it has escaped, and 
the long series of ages it has endured. 

Homer and Hesiod have introduced us to 
so accurate a knowledge of the military, rural 
and domestic habits of the heroic ages, and 
have distinguished the persons with such pecu- 
liar character and life, that we seem to our- 
selves acquainted and intimate with the kings, 
warriors, judges, elders, husbandmen, and 
shepherds ; we are present in their councils, 
their encounters for fame and victory ; we 
partake in the culture of their fields, and the 
abundance of their harvests, and the still, clear 
evening: with them we watch the sky, the 
Hyades, the Pleiades, Orion's strength, the 
Bear, and all the glittering stars which crown 
the heavens ! 



208 LECTURE VII. 

We are now familiar with the plans and 
military architecture of Mycenae,* Argos, the 
Cyclopian works, the dominion and residence 
of Agamemnon and his ancestors, as published 
by Sir William Gell, but previously discovered 
and drawn by M. Fauvel, the French consul 
in Athens. 

Another source of information concerning 
Greek style and design will be found in the 
painted vases, and early coins of the country : 
the numerous collections of vases published by 
Sir William Hamilton, Millin, Millingen, Sec. 
form an endless treasure to the artist and the 
antiquary, supplying every species of example 
and illustration. 

Coincident and satisfactory information con- 
cerning early Greece expands in proportion 
with the progress of that people towards the 
high rank they occupied among the nations of 
antiquity. Their theologists, philosophers, 
poets, statesmen, mathematicians, anatomists, 
and artists, have left unerring guides in their 

* See Plate XIV. 



STYLE. 209 

writings and monuments, for us to trace the 
steps by which they reached excellence, and 
by that means to determine the different styles 
and characters of their works. 

We may in this place repeat a popular ob- 
servation, that the institutions and climate of 
Greece were equally favourable to personal 
beauty, and consequently to the study of paint- 
ing and sculpture ; for as the genial sunshine 
and mild breezes rendered light clothing re- 
quisite, and in some cases rejected the incum- 
brance wholly, the body and limbs being com- 
monly seen, naturally led to the contempla- 
tion of form in the human figure, and compari- 
son of beauty in the parts between one subject 
and another. 

The Pentathlon, or five Olympic games, of 
wrestling, boxing, throwing the quoit, running, 
and riding one or more horses at full speed, 
engaged all the noble youth of Greece in the 
honourable contest, and improved the powers 
of the body and limbs by the force of exertion. 
Of what importance this power and beauty of 



210 LECTURE VII. 

person, accompanied by such dexterity and agi- 
lity, was to the possessor, we are informed by 
the consequences : a conqueror in one of the 
games was honoured as if he returned from 
the conquest of foreign enemies crowned with 
olive drawn to the city in a chariot by four 
horses and a breach was made in the wall for 
his entrance ; his statue was erected in the 
sacred wood, and the most celebrated poet 
sang his praises. He that obtained the prize 
three times, was complimented with a statue, 
the portrait of his face, and the particular 
lineaments of his figure. Among the celebra- 
tions of this kind were verses which hail the 
conqueror by name, with the epithet of KaXof, 
the Beautiful ; and, indeed, the sublimest of 
their philosophers do not fail in their dis- 
courses, with a pious reverence, to refer this 
beauty to a correspondent spiritual beauty in 
the divine source of all perfection. So was 
the beauty of the human form esteemed in 
Greece, and such the motives from which it 
was cultivated ! 



STYLE. 211 

We may observe in this place, that Grecian 
art began where Egyptian art ended. 

The Egyptian statuaries were laborious 
mechanics ; their works were lifeless forms, 
menial vehicles of an idea, or the fixed slaves 
of uniformity in a temple or a palace. 

In Greece, painting and sculpture were 
liberal arts : they were studied by the noblest 
and best-educated persons ; they were im- 
proved by the accumulation of science ; they 
were employed to excite and celebrate virtue 
and excellence ; and, finally, to exalt the mind 
of the beholder to the contemplation of divine 
qualities and attributes. 

Neither our present limits nor the intention 
of this Academy, permits us to extend our in- 
quiries beyond a rational theory to regulate 
the study of design ; but strictly within these 
limits we may observe, that in whatever in- 
stances the institutions of Greece cultivated 
and rendered more powerful the virtuous ex- 
ertions of mind and body, the arts of design 
also were animated by their beneficial effects, 

p 1 2 



212 LECTURE VII. 

to a degree which surpassed the other nations 
of antiquity, and has laid a foundation of prin- 
ciples and practice for all succeeding ages. 

We shall now endeavour to trace the cha- 
racters of style which marked the distinct 
periods of Grecian art. 

The early statues strongly resemble the 
Egyptian in attitude, in form, in want of out- 
line and anatomical distinction ; they have 
also nearly the same expression of counte- 
nance. 

The compositions on painted vases immedi- 
ately succeeding this period offer little variety 
of subject : the encounter of Theseus and 
the Minotaur, the duel of Eteocles and Poly- 
nices, Hercules strangling the lion, and to 
these may be added Bacchanalian dances. 

The drawing of the figure, as well as the 
choice of subjects, indicates the state of society ; 
the compressed abdomen and spare limbs 
prove habits of activity in war and the race ; 
the Bacchanalian dances show the introduction 
of mysteries and pageants in an increasing 



STYLE. 213 

polytheism, and both seem perfectly consistent 
with the manners of the early inhabitants of 
fortified cities. 

The early arts of Greece were interrupted 
in their progress by a succession of political 
commotions and destructive wars, and we 
scarcely perceive any improvement in them 
until the time of the Seven Sages, of Pytha- 
goras and Esop, who were all contemporaries, 
about 130 years before Phidias. They in- 
creased the intellectual light of their country 
by foreign travel and laborious study, they re- 
formed the laws and morals, improved science 
and the useful arts of astronomy, geometry, 
numbers, harmony, and medicine, including 
the animal structure and economy. Their 
philosophy taught a purer system of divinity 
and providence, and the works of the poets 
were made known in public libraries. 

The benign influence of such advantages 
was felt in the arts of design, and prepared 
them for that beauty and perfection with 
which they were subsequently graced in the 



214 LECTURE VII. 

times of Pericles, Alexander and his succes- 
sors. 

The works of the age we are now speaking 
of embraced a greater variety of subjects, in 
composition more copious ; the Bacchanalian 
dances were in greater number, the labours of 
Hercules, Nessus and Dejanira, processions 
of the gods, and acts in the Theban war. 
Pausanias describes the chest; of Cypselus, 
Tyrant of Corinth, covered with a great num- 
ber of heroic stories in relief. 

Although the Grecian sculpture was con- 
siderably advanced after the age of the seven 
wise men, some of the old barbarism still re- 
mained. Much of the ancient face and figure 
continued. In painting and bas-relief the 
faces were profiles, whatever might be the 
position of the figure. The limbs were dis- 
torted, because the artist was unacquainted 
with the structure of the joint, and the lines of 
its perspective. The breasts, general curves 
of the ribs on each side of the thorax, the 
bend of the arms, and a small projection for 



STYLE. 215 

the knee-pan, were the chief, and almost the 
only indications of bone and muscle. That 
infinite variety of compounded lines requisite 
to draw or carve the features of the face, in 
any even the most common views, were 
beyond the skill of these times. They, there- 
fore, substituted the easier method of making 
the eyes, nose, and mouth, of nearly simple 
curves, whose extremities turned upwards in 
the same direction. Simple geometrical forms 
were equally employed in the folds of drapery 
parallel curves across the body or limbs 
perpendicular parallels in falling drapery, and 
zig-zags, like reversed steps, for the edges of 
the drapery. Thus in the early efforts of 
design, geometrical formality supplied the 
place of the ever- vary ing forms in nature. 

In compositions which required an increased 
number of figures, two were seldom grouped; 
and when this was done, the group was fre- 
quently awkward, and sometimes impractica- 
ble. In the course of this period, however, 
the figure was better drawn, the parts were 



216 LECTURE VII. 

more defined ; and on a nearer approach to the 
age of Phidias, there were some attempts to 
distinguish between divinity and mortality. 

The early arts above described, represented 
the persons and habits of a race chiefly occu- 
pied in the exercises of war and hunting, agri- 
culture and the care of flocks and herds, living 
in the open air, and defending themselves from 
their enemies by impregnable fortifications on 
rocks ; their arts consisting in the fabrication 
of instruments for agriculture and war, the 
architectural construction of walls and citadels, 
to which may be added potter's vessels for 
domestic use and sacred offices, on which they 
indulged the more intellectual powers, by 
tracing heroic traditions and religious proces- 
sions. 

The Doric simplicity in this style of art, is 
imposing from its determined expression, and 
awful by an uncommon and barbarous cha- 
racter. The processions consist of uniform 
repetitions, their actions are violent, stiff and 
angular oppositions : but these being faithfully 



STYLE. 217 

transcribed from the grosser appearances of 
human character, expression and action, laid 
a sure, though rude, foundation of principles, 
for the superstructure of excellence afterwards 
raised on them by succeeding improvements. 

From the age of Pericles, to the death of 
Alexander the Great, Greece was the focus 
of admiration to the world. Greece destroyed 
the Persian power, the terror of all nations ! 
Nor was the mental progression of this people 
less admirable than their military achieve- 
ments their science was extended and en- 
larged by the succession of their wise men 
their philosophers taught more distinctly and 
publicly the doctrine of a Deity, and the sub- 
ordinate agencies of his providence throughout 
the visible and invisible universe. Their poets 
harmonized their minds by numbers, and en- 
riched their imaginations by presenting the 
range of whatever is sublime and beautiful in 
visible nature or mental abstraction. 

Such was the spirit of patriotism, that the 
richest citizens did not endeavour to exceed 



218 



LECTURE VII. 



others in the magnificence of their houses or 
tables, but employed their wealth for the secu- 
rity and defence of their country, and in raising 
noble public buildings and works for the ser- 
vice of religion, and in honour of public and 
private virtue. 

We shall not be surprized, that in a period 
of such combinations, two works of sculpture 
were produced, which are numbered among 
the seven wonders of the world,* the Olympian 
Jupiter, by Phidias, and the Colossus of 
Rhodes. These were equal in size to the most 
enormous Egyptian statues, but they resembled 
them only in bulk and prodigious height. 

The Olympian Jupiter and the Colossus of 
the Sun, appeared to be animated and intelli- 
gent, not with the life and intelligence of man, 
but of supernatural existence, whose finished 
beauty and wondrous majesty seemed immortal. 

The magnificence of this period-f furnished 
two other works likewise enumerated among 
the seven wonders, to which the great sculp- 

* See Plate XX. 

t The great Pyramid and Sphinx of Memphis. 



STYLE. 219 

tors added the most admired decorations ; but 
as these works were architectural, we shall 
return to our subject, the style of sculpture. 

Quintilian's " Twelfth Book of Institutions" 
presents a compendious view of the progres 1 - 
sive improvements of style in painting and 
sculpture in the following passage. 

" The first of those whose works attracted 
notice, not for the sake of antiquity only, were 
Polygnotus and Aglaaphon. famous painters, 
so studious of the simple colour, that they could 
be considered only as rude beginners, and the 
first that made essays towards the production 
of future art, especially compared with Zeuxis 
and Parrhasius, who followed soon after. The 
first of these discovered the rules for light and 
shadow, and the latter is said to have been 
more accurate in the examination of his lines. 
For Zeuxis enlarged the body and limbs ; fol- 
lowing Homer, who was pleased with power- 
ful forms, even in women ; but Parrhasius so 
circumscribed all, that he was called the Legis- 
lator, because the figures of the gods and 



220 LECTURE VII. 

heroes, as delivered by him, were followed by 
others as if from necessity/' 

Painting flourished particularly from the 
time of Philip to the successors of Alexander, 
but in divers qualities by the care of Proto- 
genes by the rules of Pamphilus and Melan- 
thius by the facility of Antiphilus by the 
imagination of Theon the Samian, and from 
the genius and grace with which he was en- 
dowed, Apelles was the most excellent. 

Euphranor caused himself to be admired, 
being among the most distinguished for the 
best studies, and at the same time a wonderful 
painter and sculptor. 

There was a like difference in the statues : 
the more hard, approaching the Tuscan style, 
were by Galon and Egesius; the less rigid by 
Calamis; the more soft than those already 
mentioned (that is to say, more resembling 
flesh) were by Miron. Polycletus excelled 
the others in diligence and decorum, and al- 
though the palm was given to him by many, 
yet something was to be deducted because he 



STYLE. 



was deficient in gravity; for as he added a 
grace to the human form beyond the truth, so 
he seemed not to have fulfilled the authority of 
the gods, and as he was said to have avoided 
the more important age, he presumed only to 
engage in lighter subjects. But the qualities 
wanting in Polycletus were given to Phidias 
and Alcamenes. The works of Phidias are 
unrivalled, even if he had done nothing but the 
Athenian Minerva,* or the Olympian Jove in 
Elis. In this, the Homeric divinity was per- 
sonified with a beauty of majesty, beyond which 
human intellect did not extend. Minerva, the 
type of divine wisdom and power, both to the 
philosopher and common votary, manifested 
the charms of celestial youth with the expres- 
sion of severe virtue. These determined the 
acknowledged apparent forms of these divini- 
ties, from which no painter or sculptor after- 
wards presumed greatty to deviate. The coun- 
tenances, figures and attributes of all the other 

7 O 

divinities in Homer, were soon after de- 

* See Plates XIX. XX. and XXI. 



LECTURE VII. 

cided by Phidias and his successors, whose 
laws became immutable, and were submitted 
to with willingness, until the darkness of poly- 
theism was dispersed by the sacred light of 
the Gospel. 

Yet with this pious reflection in our hearts, 
we cannot avoid pausing to dwell on the ex- 
quisite beauty of the ancient sculpture. The 
choice of the most perfect forms countenances 
expressive of the most elevated dispositions of 
mind and innocence of character the limbs 
and bodies, examples of manly grace and 
strength, or female elegance youth and beauty, 
in all their varieties and combinations in per- 
fection : indeed, we must believe, when we look 
on those forms, so purified from grossness and 
imperfection, that if we could see angels and 
divine natures, they would resemble these. 

The improvements of this and the following 
ages, were not confined to determination of 
character, selection of form, harmony of pro- 
portion, or whatever else most perfect may be 
conceived in the individual divinity or hero ; 



STYLE. 223 

they were extended through the various 
branches of association, and the noble com- 
position of Mycon, a sculptor and painter 
rather anterior to Phidias, of the fight between 
the Lapithae and Centaurs in the Temple of 
Theseus, with compositions by Phidias on the 
shield of Minerva, and on the throne of the 
Olympian Jupiter, embodied the Homeric 
theology and heroism, by examples which have 
generated or afforded principles for the subse- 
quent efforts of painting and sculpture. 

This will be the proper place to notice a 
subject which has caused much discussion, and 
generally been decided against the ancients, 
although a living author, M. Quatremere de 
Quinci, has defended the ancients with much 
learning and ingenuity, in an elaborate work. 
The practice here alluded to, is colouring 
statues, and thus uniting painting and sculp- 
ture. 

Without regarding the arguments that have 
been used on either side of this question, let 



224- LECTURE VII. 

us try the merits ourselves with unprejudiced 
minds, and decide from the conviction of 
natural evidence only. 

We certainly know that the arts of painting 
and sculpture are different in their essential 
properties. Painting exists by colours only, 
and form is the peculiarity of sculpture ; but 
there is a principle common to both, in which 
both are united, and without which neither 
can exist and this is drawing; and in the 
union of light, shadow, and colour, sculpture 
may be seen more advantageously by the chill 
light of a winter's day, or the warmer tints of 
a midsummer sun, according to the solemnity 
or cheerfulness of the subject. These positions 
will be generally agreed to, but the question 
before us is, " How far was Phidias successful 
in adding colours to the sculpture of the Athe- 
nian Minerva and the Olympian Jove?" which 
examples were followed by succeeding artists. 

We have all been struck by the resemblance 
of figures in coloured wax-work to persons in 
fits, and therefore such a representation is par- 



STYLE. 225 

ticularly proper for the similitude of persons 
in fits, or the deceased: but the Olympian 
Jupiter and Athenian Minerva were intended 
to represent those who were superior to death 
and disease. They were believed immortal, 
and therefore the stillness of these statues hav- 
ing the colouring of life during the time the 
spectator viewed them, would appear divinity 
in awful abstraction or repose. Their stupen- 
dous size, alone, was supernatural ; and the 
colours of life without motion, increased the 
sublimity of the statue, and the terror of the 
pious beholder. The effect of the materials 
which composed these statues has also been 
questioned. The statues themselves (accord- 
ing to the information of Aristotle, in his book 
concerning the world) were made of stone, 
covered with plates of ivory, so fitted together 
that, at the distance requisite for seeing them, 
they appeared one mass of ivory, which has 
much the tint of delicate flesh. The ornaments 
and garments were enriched with gold, coloured 
metals, and precious stones. 

Q 



226 LECTURE VII. 

Gold ornaments on ivory are equally splen- 
did and harmonious, and in such colossal forms 
must have added a dazzling glory, like electric 
fluid running over the surface, the figure, cha- 
racter, and splendor, must have had the ap- 
pearance of an immortal vision in the eyes of 
the votary. 

But let us attend to the judgment passed 
on these works by the ancients : we have 
already quoted Quintilian, who says, " they 
appear to have added something to religion, 
the work was so worthy of the divinity/' 
Plato says, " the eyes of Minerva were of 
precious stones," and immediately adds, " Phi- 
dias was skilful in beauty." Aristotle calls 
him " the wise sculptor." An opinion pre- 
vailed that Jupiter had revealed himself to 
Phidias, and the statue was said to have been 
touched with lightning in approbation of the 
work. After these testimonies, there seems 
no doubt remaining of the effect produced by 
these coloured statues ; but the very reasons 
which prove that colours in sculpture may 



STYLE. 227 

have the effect of supernatural vision, fits, or 
death, prove at the same time that such prac- 
tice is utterly improper for general representa- 
tion of the human figure : because, as the tints 
of carnation in nature are consequences of cir- 
culation, wherever the colour of flesh is seen 
without motion, it resembles only death, or 
suspension of the vital powers. 

Let not this application of colours, however, 
in the instances of the Jupiter and Minerva, 
be considered as a mere arbitrary decision of 
choice or taste in the sculptor, to render his work 
agreeable in the eyes of the beholder. It was 
produced by a much higher motive. It was 
the desire of rendering these stupendous forms 
living and intelligent, to the astonished gaze 
of the votary, and to confound the sceptical 
by a flash of conviction, that something of 
divinity resided in the statues themselves. 

The practice of painting sculpture seems to 
have been common to most countries, particu- 
larly in the early and barbarous states of so- 
ciety. But whether we look on the idols of the 



228 LECTURE VII. 

South Seas, the Etruscan painted sculpture 
and terra cotta monuments, or the recumbent 
coloured statues on tombs of the middle ages, 
we shall generally find the practice has been 
employed to enforce superstition, or preserve 
an exact similitude of the deceased. 

These, however, are in themselves perverted 
purposes. The real ends of painting, sculp- 
ture, and all the other arts, are to elevate the 
mind to the contemplation of truth, to give the 
judgment a rational determination, and to 
represent such of our fellow men as have been 
benefactors to society, not in the deplorable 
and fallen state of a lifeless and mouldering 
corpse, but in the full vigour of their faculties 
when living, or in something correspondent to 
the state of the good received among the just 
made perfect. 

As the consideration of painted sculpture 
cannot really be entitled to any place in the 
progress of style, we will return to our legiti- 
mate subject. 

The British Museum contains such noble 



STYLE. 229 

relics of the Temple of Minerva, as enables 
us to understand the sublime conception of 
composition which filled the pediment, the 
heroic contest of the Lapithae and Centaurs in 
the Metops, and the animated men and horses 
in the Panathenaic procession of the frieze. 

It is the peculiar character and praise of 
Phidias's style, that he represented gods better 
than men. As this sculptor determined the 
visible idea of Jupiter, his successors employed 
a hundred years on the forms of the inferior 
divinities. This must, therefore, be denomi- 
nated the sublime era of sculpture. 

Numerous were the painters and sculptors 
of renown, and numerous were their celebrated 
works between the time of Pericles and Phi- 
dias, and the death of Alexander the Great. 
During this time, the individual characters of 
the different divinities, were not only repre- 
sented in the supposed period of adult perfec- 
tion, but also in infancy and youth, with all 
the varieties of countenance and form be- 
coming their various offices and ministries. 



230 LECTURE VII. 

The different Bacchuses from early infancy, 
when he was delivered by Mercury to the 
nymphs, when a beautiful youth of almost 
feminine delicacy, supported by a muse, and 
leader of their chorus. He is also represented 
with a more masculine person, as a conqueror, 
or the giver of poetical inspiration, until he 
becomes the venerable and bearded philosopher 
in the sacred mysteries, teaching the immor- 
tality of the soul, transmigration, with the 
ascent and descent to Hades, or the lower 
world. The same establishment of character 
under all circumstances prevailed in Apollo, 
Mercury, and the other deities, male and 
female. 

During this era the Venus of Praxiteles* ap- 
peared, the most admired female statue of all 
antiquity, whose beauty is as perfect as it is 
elevated, and as innocent as perfect; from 
which the Medicean Venus seems but a dete- 
riorated variety. 

* See Plato XXII. 



STYLE. 231 

Whoever desires a more detailed account of 
the works of these ages, will be gratified by 
consulting Pliny, Pausanias, and the published 
galleries and museums of ancient sculpture 
and painting. 

In the times we speak of, every possible 
perfection was added to the sister arts that 
rival and accumulated talent could reach. In 
the characters of countenance, every gradation 
from simple beauty to sublime dignity the 
same gradation in form, from the most slender 
and elegant, to the most powerful and massy 
the attitudes the most choice, and the flesh 
seemingly yielding to the touch. The drapery 
in form and folds showed or indicated the 
body and limbs most advantageously, by play- 
ing round the outline in harmony or contrast, 
or giving additional effect by the projection of 
strong shades. 

The earlier productions of this era were dis- 
tinguished by a Doric severity of style, which 
raised the subject above the level of general 
nature, and beyond its bounds. The geome- 



232 LECTURE VII. 

trical simplicity of form was ideal ; the cha- 
racter was decided, and the sentiment was 
single ; of this class is the group of Niobe and 
her youngest daughter. A less severity of style 
is in the Apollo Belvidere. The most easy 
sway of motion, and the most delicate ap- 
proaches to nature are observable in the statues 
of Venus, the Cupid, Faun, and Bacchus, of 
Praxiteles. 

Busts and statues (portraits of individual 
persons) were not generally permitted, until 
near the time of the death of Socrates ; and as 
this practice, once introduced, became popular 
and extensive under the successors of Alex- 
ander the Great, it was an additional stimulus 
to the study of the human figure in detail, 
and thus as the art departed from ideal sub- 
limity, it partook in the peculiarities of nature. 
It descended to the intelligible, and became a 
stronger resemblance of the human race. 

When Greece became provincial to the 
Romans, they indeed suffered a political sub- 
jection to their conquerors: but in return, the 



STYLE. 233 

Romans were mental colonists to the Greeks, 
and received from them philosoplry, science, 
" literature and arts. Grecian genius continued 
its admirable productions under the Roman 
emperors. The fine groups of Menelaus and 
Patrocles, Haemon and Antigone, Pretus and 
Arria, Orestes and Electra, the Toro Far- 
nese, or Zethus and Amphion tying Dirce to 
the bull's horns, and the Laocoon, were between 
the later years of the Roman republic, and the 
time of the last Caesars. To these may be 
added the beautiful examples of composition 
in basso-relievo, from Homeric mythology and 
ancient tragedy, among the latest productions 
of genuine Grecian sculpture. We shall not 
dwell on the pediments, arches, imperial 
statues, consular portraits, gems, and coins, 
executed by the ingenious Greek, to swell the 
impious pride, and gratify the ignorant vanity 
of his rapacious master in the latter ages of 
the empire. 

Then, sublimity and beauty, the essence of 
the ancient Grecian works, had, like justice 



234 LECTURE VII. 

and modesty, quitted the earth, and returned 
to the family of the immortals in heaven, to 
avoid the horrors of an iron age. 

The Roman lust of dominion, avarice, and 
cruelty, had long provoked the remoter objects 
of their tyranny, the Goths, Vandals, Panno- 
nians, Dacians, and Scythians, who at last 
poured the torrent of destruction back on the 
oppressors, levelling cities and their hosts in 
one fearful ruin, leaving only desolation and 
barbarism behind them. The schools of phi- 
losophy and literature in Athens ceased ; those 
of Alexandria were destroyed and abandoned. 
The age of lead succeeded. 

Painting and sculpture, under the Goths 
and Lombards, instead of exalting the intellect 
by the contemplation of beauty, heroic and 
divine, burlesqued the human figure by such 
clumsy and absurd forms, as could scarcely be 
supposed to be intended for man. Such was 
the state of art from the seventh to the eleventh 
century in Europe. The arts, however, were 
not to be wholly obliterated ; for there is that 



STYLE, 235 

inherent connection between the mind of man 
and progressive knowledge, that to deprive 
him entirely of the means of becoming wiser, 
and exercising his ingenuity, would be to take 
from him his rationality, and brutalize him at 
once ! Besides, information and true science 
are given us as the means of rising from the 
ruins of fallen nature to higher intelligence 
and greater happiness : the preservation of 
arts and letters was therefore provided for in 
a wonderful manner, as appendages to religion, 
and handmaids in the dispensation of the Gos- 
pel. When Constantine the Great transferred 
the seat of empire from Rome to Constan- 
tinople, the arts had much declined in the 
former city, although they still preserved a 
great portion of their vigour in Greece. The 
emperor employed the arts of painting and 
sculpture in an abundance of magnificent 
Christian decorations for his new capital, and 
the churches he built in it. This was the 
foundation for a stock of Christian art, which 
supplied the different countries of Europe after 



236 LECTURE VII. 

the barbarous inundations from the north had 
subsided, and assisted in raising the fallen arts 
of Italy, until the mighty genius of Michael 
Angelo shone forth in the unrivalled Sistine 
Chapel, whose interests and terrors, sublimity, 
beauty, and power of grouping, combined in 
the comprehension of sacred subjects, excels 
all we know, as a whole, in ancient or modern 
art. 



( 237 ) 



LECTURE VIII. 



DRAPERY. 

AFTER considering the powers, character, and 
sentiment of the human figure, as expressed in 
its forms, we may next proceed to its clothing, 
more especially with a view to those plaits and 
folds whose lines contrast or vary the lines of 
the body they cover twine round the limbs- 
hang in downward curves from one projecting 
point to another increase boldness of effect 
by additional projection or vary the undula- 
tions of the figure by the fall of zig-zag edges, 
which is understood by the term Drapery in 
the arts of design. 

Drapery, as a medium through which the 
human figure is intelligible, may be compared 
with speech, by which the idea of thought is 



238 LECTURE VIII. 

perceived. Dignity is expressed by simplicity, 
grandeur, and quantity ; action by exertion 
'and succession; grace by those gentle and 
harmonious undulations peculiar to all the 
efforts of this quality, and which are inspired 
by the most grateful and soothing dispositions 
of the soul. This consistency of the original 
image with its outward appearance, is proper 
and decorous, and cannot be violated without 
inflicting the shock of absurdity and folly ; for 
as the noblest thought would be degraded by 
low and unbecoming speech, so would the 
person of a legislator or a prophet by the dress 
of a buffoon or a bacchanal ! 

This introduction of our subject is intended 
to inform the younger student that drapery 
will form an important branch of his future 
study : it will add to the character of his figures, 
and give additional interest to sentiment and 
situation ; it will not bear neglect, or slight, like 
articles of furniture or back-ground, which, as 
they are utterly separated from the pathos of 



DRAPERY. 239 

sublime composition, can scarcely deserve any 
share of his attention. 

We will begin with an inquiry into the prin- 
ciples upon which the folds of drapery are 
formed ; we will consider the difference of the 
finer and the heavier draperies offer some 
critical observations on the clothing of different 
countries, as useful or advantageous to the 
human form and produce examples to illus- 
trate the discourse. 

Drapery, like all other natural bodies, is 
subject to the laws of gravity and motion, by 
which it is affected according to its lightness 
or weight, strength or weakness, the repose or 
action of the wearer, and the force of wind : 
it is affected by these causes simply or com- 
plexly, as it may be acted on by their sepa- 
rate or united force. 

The most simple forms of drapery are pro- 
duced by the weight of the cloth itself, hanging 
from the most projecting points of the figure, 



240 LECTURE VIII. 

and forms a pointed arch reversed. A succes- 
sion of such folds, broken into various lengths, 
and opposed in their diagonal forms, are among 
the boldest and most beautiful effects of dra- 
pery. These folds again become more com- 
plicated by twisting, and by which they will be 
partly suspended by the body or limbs over 
which they are drawn. The varieties produced 
in the folds, from suspension, are multiplied 
and altered according to the portion of the 
figure they pass over, and according to the 
fineness and thickness of the cloth. 

A full cloak, fastened round the neck, tied 
in front, and falling without interruption from 
the arms, will present nearly plain surfaces in 
every view a little flattened sometimes on the 
bend of the back, and distinguished in front 
by the meeting of the strait edges. 

The same garment, still fuller in its quality, 
under the same circumstances, falls into a 
number of perpendicular folds. The same 
cloak, raised by one arm, will be divided by 
diagonal folds, inverted in their arches, op- 



DRAPERY. 241 

posed in direction, and connected by joints. 
The folds of this simplest of garments will be 
further varied and complicated, by throwing 
one side of the cloak over the opposite arm, by 
various positions of the hands, and by every 
other circumstance of interruption and rest, 
opposed to the natural weight of the folds. 

We will now consider the mechanical struc- 
ture of the drapery by the simple lines of the 
folds as their principles. 

1st. The perpendicular fold,* hanging from 
one point. 

2d. The succession of diagonal folds, fall- 
ing from each other, hanging from two points, 
and which may be varied to a beautiful in- 
finity : for example, falling from the two points 
of the shoulders in the hollow of the back 
from the two shoulders over the projection of 
the breast and abdomen falling from one 
shoulder and from the lower arm, making the 

* See Plates XLII. and XLIII. 
II 



242 LECTURE VIII. 

principal folds below the elbow and each of 
these again by every change of position and 
motion. 

3d. The cascade of diagonal forms produced 
by the edges when diagonally folded towards 
the extremity. 

These three classes, although exemplified in 
the cloak, contain the principles of all folds, 
however produced, in all garments and drape- 
ries modified by twisting enlarging the di- 
rection to more circular forms, bv the force of 

7 / 

wind or the succession of waving projections 
in the lower extremities of a garment, agitated 
by the motion of the feet in running. 

We will now pursue the subject in an in- 
quiry concerning the modification of folds, in 
such garments as are closed, or fitted to the 
form of the body. 

Those garments called tunics by the Romans, 
nearly resemble the country or waggoners' 
frocks in their form. Some are longer, reach- 



DRAPERY. 243 

ing to the ankles some fuller, having an 
abundance of folds others scanty, discovering 
a more uninterrupted outline of the figure, 
with more breadth of light and shade, and 
fewer intersections of their own folds. These 
have sometimes larger, sometimes smaller 
sleeves sometimes reaching the elbow, some- 
times the wrist and sometimes they are with- 
out sleeves. When the tunic is made of thin 
woollen or calico, its folds take their rise 
from the breast, and fall directly to the feet, 
and there will be diverted into different playful 
forms, as it rests on them, or is altered by their 
motion. 

If this garment is confined round the smaller 
part of the figure by a girdle, the folds will be 
of the inverted-arch kind, arising from the 
shoulders, and, below the girdle, they will fall 
in perpendicular masses of folds over the lower 
limbs, when the figure is not in action, or pre- 
paring for action. 

The sleeves, if full, will begin with folds 
falling from the shoulders before and behind, 



244 LECTURE VIII. 

but these folds will be widened and changed 
into cross folds at the bend of the arm, and 
continue crossing the lower arm, more or less 
diagonally, to its termination at the wrist. 

The folds become more or less diagonally 
spiral from the body if the arm is turned out- 
ward, and toward the body if the arm is turned 
inward. The folds on the back of the lower 
arm owe the upper portion of their direction 
to union with, or separation from, a projecting 
knobbed fold at the elbow. The same princi- 
ples of folding on the arms will govern all co- 
verings, from the fullest and most redundant, to 
the straitest and most exactly fitted to the 
limb and, therefore, will preclude the neces- 
sity of saying more on this part of the subject. 

Concerning the finer and more transparent 
draperies used by the ancients, their texture, 
and consequently their folds, strongly resem- 
bled our calico muslin, and are peculiar to the 
more elegant and delicate female characters 
of Grecian sculpture the nymphs, terrestrial, 



DRAPERY. 245 

marine, and bacchanalian victories, seasons 
or hours, and celestial female messengers.* 

The more transparent of these draperies 
leave the forms and outline of the person as 
perfectly intelligible as if no covering were in- 
terposed between the eye and the object, and 
the existence of the veil is only understood by 
groups of small folds collected in the hollows 
between the body and limbs, or playing in 
curves and undulations on the bolder parts, 
adding the magic of diversity to the charm of 
beauty. 

We will next consider the effect of motion 
upon drapery: such motion is here intended 
as the garment partakes in, or is propelled 
from the wearer's movement only. 

As soon as a limb is moved from a perpen- 
dicular towards a horizontal direction, the dra- 
pery hanging on it changes the forms of its 



* See Plates XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII. XLIV. XLV. 
XLVI. and XLVII. 



246 LECTURE VIII. 

folds. The perpendicular folds bend by their 
weight into a curve, from the impulse of mo- 
tion, or change from perpendicular to the in- 
verted arch, the strongest portion of the fold 
depending from the stronger of the two sup- 
porters, whether it be that part of the person 
which is in rest, or that in motion. This is 
more particularly seen in the cloak or loose 
upper garment, but the principle is evident in 
all drapery worn by the human figure : as, for 
example, the lower portion of a tunic falls in 
perpendicular folds from the greatest projec- 
tion in front of the figure, becomes curved, 
clinging in the lower extremities to the un- 
moved leg, until that limb is set forward, when 
the same change is produced on the other side ; 
and this effect is still more evident in running, 
when the curved folds, at last, become hori- 
zontal, at right angles with the limbs. 

* o o 

Motion of the figure affects the whole mass 
of drapery about the body ; the folds are most 
interrupted and broken on the side moved in 
shortest space, as the curves are most lengthened 



DRAPERY. 247 

on the side moved in a greater extent, and 
they are twisted most diagonally where there 
is the greatest power of motion. 

Upon the legs, the folds change from down- 
right to long curves, in walking or running, 
alternately as one leg or the other is set for- 
ward. The greater quantity of folds naturally 
falls in the hollow spaces, and in quick mo- 
tion the heavier portion of folds are left behind 
the figure by their own weight, in a diagonal 
curve, from the point on which they are sup- 
ported. 

We will now consider a cause of motion in 
drapery entirely independent of the figure by 
which it is worn : this is, wind, whose effects 
are more seen in those parts of the garment 
extended beyond the outline of the figure ; and 
to obtain the more accurate idea of the man- 
ner in which it acts on drapery, we should ob- 
serve its effects on flexible and fluent bodies in 
general. 

The wind blowing on water, by pressure on 
a small portion of the fluid nearest, forces it 



248 LECTURE VIII. 

into a wave, from resistance of a body of water, 
not affected by the wind, on the other side of 
it: or thus, the wind blowing obliquely on 
water, is resisted by the mass beneath, until 
the surface is raised into a wave, which, bend- 
ing over the wave before it, falls by the laws of 
gravitation into the surface again. There is a 
propensity to the same forms and successions 
in clouds of the sky, and dust of the ground 
driven before the wind ; and from the same 
causes. 

The pendant, or streamer, hanging from the 
top of a mast, is driven by the wind in the 
same direction, and may be represented by the 
same section as a succession of waves on the 
water. 

Progressive movement of the figure changes 
the perpendicular of falling folds into undula- 
tions. This is more evident as the motion is 
quicker : but the wind undulates all draperies ; 
when moderate, the undulation is diagonal, 
and when violent, it is horizontal. 



DRAPERY. 249 

Examples might be easily produced far ex- 
ceeding our present purpose, which is to lay 
down the principles of study, not to circumvent 
the composer, or tempt the unwary, by daring 
and far-sought examples, into a devious attach- 
ment to the preposterous and incredible. Sim- 
plicity, beauty, dignity, affection, and passion, 
employ the general contemplations and efforts 
of the sister arts with most success. We must 
remember, as in the Bacchic processions of 
antiquity, " Many carry the thyrsus, but few 
are inspired by the gods." 

If any one, however, determines to go be- 
yond his competitors in the extraordinary, the 
wonderful, or the sublime, let him first be as- 
sured he possesses powers equal to the under- 
taking, or the certain consequences will be 
vapour and extravagance only. 

These Lectures have continually referred to 
examples of Grecian painting and sculpture 
for illustration, as to the most perfect pro- 
ductions of imitative art, and have never en- 



250 LECTURE VIII. 

gaged in classical inquiry, or criticism, further 
than was absolutely requisite to understand our 
subject as painters and sculptors : the reason 
for which is plain our studies and our em- 
ployments are directed to the form and senti- 
ment of the human figure ; for this reason, 
therefore, we shall at present leave all inquiry 
concerning the names and forms of particular 
ancient garments, to Montfaucon, Winckel- 
man, the Notes on the Herculaneum Museum, 
and other professed writers of antiquity ; whilst 
we only notice such garments as exhibit the 
human figure most advantageously give dig- 
nity to its character enrich its particular 
forms by flowing lines or harmonize in its 
sentiment and actions. 

Of all garments, the cloak is the simplest, 
being only a large square cloth laid on the 
person, or thrown round the figure, according 
to the wearer's convenience. It belongs to the 
most grave and dignified characters, philoso- 
phers, apostles, and prophets. Its simple form 



DRAPERY. ;>51 

is well suited to such as give small attention to 
worldly objects, and whose thoughts are wholly 
engrossed by the cultivation of virtue and 
truth ! The boldness of its folds adds an im- 
posing grandeur to the venerable wearer ; they 
agree with the profound research of the philo- 
sopher, or the irresistible mission of the evan- 
gelist or prophet. Of this class is the Greek 
pallium, worn by philosophers : the women 
also had a garment of this kind, made of a 
lighter cloth. 

The military cloak of the Greeks and Ro- 
mans was fastened with a button on the right 
shoulder ; it reached little below the knees, 
and was not so full as the pallium,. 

The tunic of the Romans was called chiton 
by the Greeks : its form (as before observed) 
was like a waggoner's frock, and reached the 
ankles; but when the wearer prepared for 
labour, or a journey, he tied on his girdle, 
drew the upper part of his tunic over it, 
shortening it to the knee, and thus allowed 
free motion to the legs. 



252 LECTURE VIII. 

The tunic of the female reached the feet, 
whether girded or not, the material of which 
it was made being more delicate than that 
worn by men. It produced a display of folds 
diagonally arched downward below the throat, 
and a variety of flowing forms, of varied direc- 
tions, above the zone, according to the quan- 
tity of material, the bend of the body, or the 
manner of adjusting the vestment. A prodi- 
gious and beautiful variety in this part of the 
drapery may be seen on the painted vases. 

Sometimes we find small garments laid over 
the tunic, not reaching to the zone, in female 
figures, which add folds of a different direction 
to those in the tunic. Sometimes the tunic is 
doubled over at the top, and open at the side. 
This, however, is not simply a tunic ; it was 
called diplos by the Greeks, or a doubled 
tunic. 

The peplos, or veil, was an outward female 
garment, like the cloak or pallium, but of a 
finer texture, worn by Homer's female divini- 
ties and heroines, and frequently seen on the 



DRAPERY. 253 

statues. It is this garment, of a transparent 
material, in which the nymphs are clothed, as 
before observed. 

This brief enumeration contains all those 
garments which afford the most beautiful spe- 
cimens in ancient art. We will conclude with 
such general observations on clothing as seem 
most conducive to the painter's and sculptor's 
views and researches. 

Clothing, like other conveniences and requi- 
sites, must be accommodated to the local situa- 
tion and habits of man. In hot climates little 
clothing is required, and in cold countries the 
warmest skins and furs of animals are scarcely 
sufficient to enliven the body with a genial 
warmth. 

In the more barbarous states of society, 
plumes, necklaces, and bracelets of bone and 
teeth, are displayed by chiefs and leaders in 
the pride of distinction. Their war dresses 
and cloaks are formed of such stubborn ma- 
terials, as serve the double purpose of cover- 
ing and defensive armour. 



254 LECTURE VIII. 

As regular habits of industry succeed, the 
short tunic is adopted as a dress convenient 
for the labours of agriculture and manufacture. 
The cloak or pallium, in this state of society, 
becomes a habit of dignity to the priest or 
magistrate, which will be found generally pre- 
valent, except in those warm countries like 
India and Egypt, where a narrow shawl or 
handkerchief supplies its place; and in the 
colder regions, pantaloons were worn on the 
lower limbs, sometimes made of skins. This 
system of clothing seems to have been nearly 
universal before the Roman empire, and con- 
tinued with little alteration for twelve or thir- 
teen centuries afterwards, if we except the 
vagaries of fashion in Rome, Constantinople 
and a few other metropolitan cities. In Rome, 
fashion was indeed active among the ladies 
very early ; for a short passage in one of the 
comedies of Plautus complains that a fashion 
does not last a year, and enumerates about 
twenty- three articles of female attire, all of 
which might perhaps be comprehended under 
the heads of cloaks, handkerchiefs and gowns : 



DRAPERY. 255 

but their names and etymologies have puzzled 
the commentators beyond the possibility of 
explanation. But notwithstanding an occa- 
sional instance of this kind occurs in courts 
and vortexes of dissipation in the eighth cen- 
tury, the western provinces universally wore 
the Roman military cloak, and the eastern pro- 
vinces generally the pallium and tunic. 

Charlemagne and his successors, down to 
St. Louis, are represented in the same dress in 
all the mosaics, monumental statues, and illu- 
minations of those times. 

The first deluge of various fashions came 
into Europe with the Crusaders, the princes of 
the West, seem to have vied with each other 
in motley importations from Constantinople, 
Antioch and Damascus. 

In France and England before this time, 
the only covering for the head worn by men, 
was a cap like that of Paris, and the Italian 
sailors; but after the Crusades, turbans, hats 
and hoods of different patterns became gene- 
ral. 



256 LECTURE VIII. 

The cloak and tunic were cut into different 
forms, and ornamented with different baubles 
of tassels, scallops and toys, until no trace 
remained of the original garments. To sum 
up the childish passion for novel absurdity, the 
common playing cards represent the court 
dresses of France and England, between the 
reigns of our Edward IV., Henry VIII. and 
Elizabeth. The kings, queens and knaves, 
have actually the state dresses of sovereigns 
and courtiers at that time. 

Perhaps this part of our subject may now 
be supposed to have attained its climax, and 
that every purpose of extravagance and absur- 
dity was answered, when the courtier's taste 
for elegance was exemplified by a waistcoat 
half black and half yellow, a red stocking on 
one leg, and a green one on the other; when 
a great Prince's hall of audience was filled 
with the figures of mountebanks, harlequins, 
and playhouse imps! but the tale is not yet 
told, nor is the measure full. To what was 
monstrous and disgusting to look on, was 



DRAPERY. 257 

added, studied inconvenience. Ruffs so 
large the head could scarcely turn in them, 
the middle of the figure rendered so bulky as 
to be contained by no arm chair, and the waist- 
coats so stiff, pointed, and narrow, that they 
must have impeded digestion, and restrained 
the functions of life. 

Shall we not be induced to inquire, to what 
causes could be attributed such an accumula- 
tion of absurdities? we may perhaps account 
for them in the spirit of Ihe times, the wars, 
and their military distinctions the alternate 
dissipations, and particularly masquerades 
and above all, those military and party dissen- 
sions those extensive and violent theological 
and political contests which ferment the gene- 
ral mass beyond the controul of reason, hu- 
manity and common sense. 

These instances of useless variety and ab- 
surdity in dress, will naturally lead to the 
reflection that there is a reasonable propriety 
in dress, as in all other concerns, and that this 
propriety will be governed by climate and 



LECTURE VIII. 

character ; light draperies being agreeable in 
summer, warmer and thicker in winter ; grace- 
ful and gay attire becomes the youthful, more 
grave is proper for the aged. The magistrate 
bears such distinctions as denote his rank and 
dignity in society. But in these and all other 
cases, the drapery will be more becoming and 
expressive, as it harmonizes with the propor- 
tions, sympathizes with the character, and is 
consistent with the requisites of the wearer. 
Any offences against these rules will naturally 
produce dissatisfaction and contempt; for 
mere dress cannot make the old young, the 
ugly handsome, or the mean dignified. 

The only difference must be confined to a 
transient glance, for real qualities are inherent 
in the man, and depend not upon outward 
accidents. 

We may conceive the effect of dress and ap- 
pearance, on the judicious spectator's mind, 
from a comparison of the following characters. 

The lower emperors of the East retained 
their inordinate love of magnificence after their 



DRAPERY. 259 

power was broken, and their state dress was 
apparently covered with jewels, even when 
their poverty obliged them to eke out the 
splendid mass with false pearls and paste ; 
these were attached to a scanty ungraceful 
mantle, which, being closed round the figure, 
presented the insipid resemblance of an Egyp- 
tian mummy encrusted with gems. How dif- 
ferent from the Prophets of Michael Angelo,* 
the Apostles of Raphael and Albert Durer, or 
those of Henry the Seventh's Chapel. Their 
countenances are determined by their divine 
commission, and the patriarchal simplicity and 
grandeur of their persons bear testimony to 
their sacred character. 

Michael Angelo's Patriarch sleeps! but 
when he wakes, we are assured he will declare 
a prophecy or holy vision, received from his 
attendant angel. 

* See Plates IV. VII. and XLI. 



S 2 



( 260 ) 



LECTURE IX. 



ANCIENT ART. 

WHEN we look at any portion of the natural 
landscape, if the objects are few, a rock, a 
plain, or a tower, they are understood at once, 
and without effort : but if they are numerous 
and complicated, they must be considered 
attentively, to distinguish woods from moun- 
tains, the form and extent of buildings or cities, 
the winding of rivers, and the expanse of the 
sea or sky, in order that we may understand 
the several parts of the view ; and it is thus we 
must conduct our inquiries in art and science, 
beginning by a search for their natural prin- 
ciples, we must make ourselves acquainted 
with their relations to, and dependence upon, 
other branches of knowledge, and we should 



ANCIENT ART. 

assure ourselves of their purposes and ends. 
To render our present inquiries the more effec- 
tual, and to obtain all the advantages experi- 
ence can afford, we must avail ourselves of the 
studies and practice of the most celebrated 
artists, in such a compendious view of ancient 
and modern sculpture as may be expected in 
the compass of these Lectures. 

Time would be lost for the purposes of our 
institution, were we to seek out an accurate 
history of the early steps by which the march 
of art was directed in its first and most barba- 
rous efforts. Those who desire information on 
this subject, will be abundantly supplied by 
" Pliny's Natural History//" Pausanias's Tour 
of Greece/' and " Winckelman's History of Art/' 
But the great object of every student must be, 
to copy nature most perfectly, and for this pur- 
pose to possess himself of unerring rules for 
the government of his practice. The most 
likely way to obtain these advantages, will not 
be to consider sculpture by attention to dates 
and trifling incidents, but rather to divide its 



262 LECTURE IX. 

history into ages or periods, each characterized 
by styles of art expressive of its advancement. 

We may distinguish the ancient art of 
Greece as three ages: the heroic age, the 
philosophic age, and the age of maturity or 
perfection. 

By the heroic age, we understand the state 
of society described in the poems of Homer 
and Hesiod, in which the land was cultivated, 
and cattle fed to supply the wants of life ; but 
whose most important business was predatory 
war. To this age we may refer the earliest 
productions of Grecian art of this age are 
two lions* over the gate of Mycene of this 
age, from a similarity of style, we may also 
believe many small bronze and stone statues 
to have been the production. Perhaps, though 
rude and ill-formed, they were domestic divi- 
nities : early in the progress of idolatry, so far 
as we may venture an opinion upon this class 
of art, the endeavour was limited to the single 

* See Plates XIV. and XVI. 



ANCIENT ART. 263 

figure, naked, and in few and simple attitudes. 
It is nevertheless likely, before this age passed 
away, the artists became more bold, and 
adorned their earthen vases with subjects of 
three or four figures, such as frequently occurred 
in their habits of life, a conversation, a battle 
or a procession, the designs of these composi- 
tions appear like profiles of their statues, and 
unconnected with each other. 

The second " Age of Art," which we shall 
denominate the philosophic, commenced when 
the seven sages or wise men flourished in 
Greece, about 700 years before the Christian 
era ; when the mental faculties were expanded, 
and when, by contemplation and science, man 
was elevated from savage life to the dignity of 
a rational creature. In this period Solon and 
Lycurgus reformed the laws of preceding legis- 
lators, and rendered the system more salutary 
in the correction of crime, and the security of 
justice to their fellow-citizens. 

The seven sages, by the example of their 
own heroism and virtue, enforced the moral 



264 LECTURE IX. 

and political order which their wisdom and 
prudence taught. 

In the school of Pythagoras, mathematics, 
astronomy, geometry, arithmetic and music, 
were diligently cultivated ; the structure of 
animals was studied, and the contemplations 
of philosophy elevated the mind above the 
grosser allurements of sense ; the improvement 
of civil and political security afforded addi- 
tional leisure for all ingenious and liberal pur- 
suits, while the advancement of science sup- 
plied m eans f r nearer approaches towards 
perfection. 

, In the institutions of Greece, the five gym- 
nastic exercises exhibited all the various beauty 
of the human figure, diversified by all the dif- 
ference of motion the several exertions could 
produce, with the multiplicity of anatomical 
changes in action and remission occasioned by 
each exertion of body and limbs. 

It cannot be denied that the religion of 
ancient Greece was gross polytheism ; but this 
was the religion of the multitude, that of the 



ANCIENT ART. 265 

philosopher was much more pure. It allowed, 
indeed, the ministry of subordinate divinities, 
angels, and heroic souls, but all directed by 
the unerring wisdom and providence of the 
one Omnipotent. The graces and perfections 
of these ecclesiastical intelligences and minis- 
ters are so described in the " Dialogues of 
Plato/' and by the Pythagoreans, as to lead 
the artist to the choice of supreme natural 
beauty, for the object of his imitation through- 
out the numerous ideal orders of the Grecian 
theology, and elevated the real persons by the 
noblest traits of limb, feature and character. 
The first essays of Grecian art, in the heroic 
age, prove they were neither stronger nor 
swifter in the race than other nations : but the 
improved imitation of nature, founded on the 
sure principles of science, left their competitors 
at a distance not to be recovered; and the 
ability and zeal with which they pursued their 
advantage, gave them possession of the palm 
beyond dispute. 

The Greeks, in this age, added the cultiva- 



266 LECTURE IX. 

tion of letters to their discoveries in science 
and improvement of philosophy. Hipparchus 
is said to have first made the Athenians ac- 
quainted with Homer's Rhapsodies, (and from 
which that people received their system of 
theology,) these were recited in the Panthenaic 
solemnities, and became so popular that they 
were continually quoted in the Dialogues of 
Plato, and succeeding writers. 

The poems of Hesiod, Sappho, Anacreon, 
and Simonides, are also believed to have been 
collected in a public library at Athens in this 
time. 

Thus was infant art inspired by the spirit of 
poetry, and the effects of this inspiration are 
seen in the councils of the gods in the friezes 
of the Parthenon, and the Temple of Theseus, 
besides innumerable Homeric subjects on the 
painted vases and Greek basso-relievos of 
after ages. 

Geometry enabled the artist scientifically to 
ascertain forms for the configuration of bodies 
to determine the motion of the figure, in 



ANCIENT ART. 267 

leaping, running, striking, or falling by curves 
and angles, whilst arithmetic gave the multi- 
plication of measures in proportions. The 
anatomical observations of Thales, Pythagoras 
and Alcmeon, prepared the way for the more 
connected inquiries of Hippocrates. Thus by 
the gradual advancement and connection of 
art and science, painting and sculpture ob- 
tained sound principles to ensure a certain and 
felicitous practice, which introduced the age 
of perfection or consummation in the time of 
Pericles and Phidias. 

This third age of art may be said to' have 
been more called into practice by the destruc- 
tion of those enormous fleets and armies pre- 
pared by the Persians to annihilate Grecian 
freedom. 

This illustrious achievement, performed by 
a comparatively small band of patriots, in- 
creased in the estimation of Greece, and espe- 
cially Athens, in proportion to the terrific 
power of the vanquished and the glory of 
delivering their country from a foreign yoke. 



268 LECTURE IX. 

These successes in war, stimulated their exer- 
tions in peace they rebuilt the temples de- 
stroyed in the war, with increased magnificence 
their pediments and friezes were decorated 
with synods of gods and heroes, from their 
history, both real and mythological. They 
raised sacred statues, which for their colossal 
size, richness of materials and embellishment, 
future ages ranked as wonders of the world. 
Nor were the statues of smaller dimensions 
less deserving attention for exquisite beauty of 
form, proportions, character, dignity, simpli- 
city and elegance. Their groups possess the 
united interests of action and passion, senti- 
ment elevated and heroic, consistent with the 
persons engaged. 

The basso-relievos are epic and dramatic 
compositions, containing great variety in the 
subjects, combination and diversity of lines, 
with whatever, in the distribution and opposi- 
tion of light and shadow, produces the most 
powerful and agreeable effect in the relief of 
figures from a back-ground, or that depart- 



ANCIENT ART. 269 

ment of sculpture the most nearly allied to 
painting. 

But as our subject becomes more extensive 
in its progress, it will be rendered more simple 
by considering each class of sculpture sepa- 
rately, under the following heads : 

1. Colossal statues. 2. Smaller statues. 
3. Groups. 4. Basso-relievos, and the Grecian 
schools of sculpture. 

The largest colossal statues of the Egyptians 
were seventy-five feet in height, and therefore 
the Greeks excelled them in the magnitude as 
well as the beauty of those enormous monu- 
ments. 

Many colossal statues are enumerated by 
the classical authors, (particularly Pliny and 
Pausanias,) which have long since ceased to 
exist, and of which any memorial beyond their 
names are unknown at present. It is, not- 
withstanding, not only possible, but even pro- 
bable, that antiquarian industry might still 
recover recollections of them from gems, the 
reverses of coins, and small bronze statues, in 



270 LECTURE IX. 

which the celebrated works of antiquity were 
so frequently copied. But as the mere repe- 
tition of names and measurement would afford 
information of little use to the painter or sculp- 
tor, to avoid the misapplication of time in un- 
certain conjecture, we will direct our attention 
to three the most celebrated of these works, the 
most copiously described by authors, and illus- 
trated by ancient copies of smaller size. 

The statue of Olympian Jupiter,* sixty feet in 
height, was the most renowned work of ancient 
art: but having described this in a former 
lecture, to repeat it would be unnecessary; 
but only mention what Pausanias says of the 
pictures (by Panaeneus, brother of Phidias) 
which were on the sides of the seat. Among 
these were the " Atlas supporting heaven and 
earth, Hercules near him, about to relieve him 
from his burthen; Theseus and Pirithous; 
figures representing Greece and Salamis, the 
latter bearing the rostra of a ship in her hands ; 

* See Plate XX. 



ANCIENT ART. 271 

the Combat of Hercules with the Nemaean 
lion ; Ajax and Cassandra ; Hippodamia, the 
daughter of CEnomaus, with her mother ; Pro- 
metheus chained, and Hercules preparing to 
kill the eagle which preyed on him. The last 
of the pictures are Penthesilea dying, supported 
by Achilles, and Hesperian nymphs bearing 
fruit/' On the sub-plinth, which supports the 
whole, are emblems in gold. The Sun, Jupiter 
and Juno ascend in a car. Near them is 
Chares, whom Mercury embraces, and Vesta, 
Mercury, and Love, receive Venus rising 
from the sea, to whom Persuasion brings a 
crown. Apollo, Diana, Minerva and Hercules 
are present. On the lowest part are Neptune 
and Amphitrite, with the Moon exciting her 
horses to the race. This great work, which 
raised the fame of Phidias above all the sculp- 
tors of antiquity, has numerous imitations still 
existing in marble and bronze, and on coins of 
Alexander the Great and his successors, also 
on the Emperor Domitian's medals in large 
brass. 






272 LECTURE IX. 

In the Acropolis of Athens,* was a Minerva 
by the same sculptor, twenty-six cubits high, 
also formed of ivory and gold. In the right 
hand was a Victory, four cubits high, the left 
hand rested on her shield. The goddess was 
clothed in a tunic reaching to her feet, her 
helmet was adorned with horses and gryphons, 
on the round side of the shield was the fight 
with the Amazons, on the concave side, the 
battle of the Gods and Giants, on her sandals, 
the contest of the Lapithae and Centaurs, on 
the base was the birth of Pandora in the pre- 
sence of thirty divinities. Memorials of this 
statue are preserved on Athenian coins, of 
which there are engravings in the vignettes of 
Stuart's Athens. 

The Colossus of the Sun-f- in the Island of 
Rhodes, is allowed by Pliny the elder, to have 
excited more astonishment than all the other 
colossal statues he has mentioned, on account 
of its height, which was 105 feet, it was made 

* See Plate XIX. f See Plate XLVIII. 



ANCIENT ART. 273 

by Chares a Lyndian, the disciple of Lycippus. 
This statue was thrown down by an earthquake, 
after standing fifty-six years. When lying on 
the ground this work appeared miraculous. 
Few were able to embrace the thumb, and the 
fingers were larger than many statues. Vast 
caverns yawned in the broken limbs, and within 
were seen great masses of stone, by whose weight 
it was supported. Twelve years were em- 
ployed in the execution of it, and the cost 300 
talents, about ^60,000 English. The same 
author observes, there were an hundred lesser 
colossal figures, each of which did honour to 
the place where it stood: besides five colossal 
statues of divinities by the sculptor Bryaxis. 

Heads of the celebrated Colossus are re- 
peatedly seen on the bronze coins of Rhodes, 
and small figures, with radiated heads, are 
sometimes found on the coins of this island, 
which possibly were intended to represent the 
whole figure. 

The most numerous class of ancient statues 
was about the height of nature, or approaching 

T 



274 LECTURE IX. 

to seven feet, which has been distinguished as 
the heroic size. 

Statues were anciently appropriated to divi- 
nity. Portraits of men were not executed 
unless for some illustrious cause which deserved 
perpetuity. 

First, were the contests in the sacred games, 
chiefly those of Olympia, where the custom 
was for all the conquerors to dedicate their 
statues, and those who were thrice victors had 
exact portraits of their persons. It was thought 
the Athenians first placed statues to Harmodius 
and Aristogiton, the Tyrannicides, the same 
year the kings were expelled from Rome. 
" This/' says Pliny, " was afterwards universal, 
and now the forum of every municipal town 
begins to be ornamented with statues to pro- 
long the memory of men, and to have the ho- 
nours of the age inscribed on their bases, lest 
they should be read only on their sepulchres. 
In the course of time this has been done abroad, 
in public courts and private houses. Thus 
clients have determined to celebrate their 
patrons." 



ANCIENT ART. 275 

After the custom was adopted of bestowing 
this honour on distinguished merit, every battle 
increased heroic memorials ; the porticos, libra- 
ries, museums, and walks were filled with the 
statues of legislators, poets, philosophers, and 
all whose public spirit, or rare qualities, had 
raised them to general notice and esteem. 

The practice so universal in Greece passed 
with the conquerors into their colonies, and 
the successors of Alexander the Great added to 
the sacred sculpture of Egypt and Syria the 
memorials of Grecian valour and wisdom. 
The same practice was followed in Sicily, 
Magna Graecia, Naples, the principal cities on 
the coast of Italy, the Etruscan states, and 
wherever their colonies or commerce gave them 
intercourse. The remains of sculpture found 
in all these countries frequently bear this in- 
disputable testimony of Grecian origin that 
they are stamped with the beauty, grace, 
purity and perfection which are to be found in 
the works of that country alone, of all nations 
in the ancient world. 

T 2 



276 LECTURE IX. 

This increase of sculpture, extending over so 
considerable a portion of the globe known to 
the ancients, will account for the number of 
statues brought to Rome after the conquest of 
Greece. 

Marcus Scaurus, when aedile, decorated his 
temporary theatre with three thousand statues. 
Two thousand w r ere taken from the Volscians. 
Mummius, after the conquest of Achaia, is 
said to have filled the city. Lucullus brought 
many. Three thousand came from Rhodes 
not fewer from Athens or Olympia more are 
believed to have come from Delphi ; " but, 
says our author, " what mortal can follow 
them? or what is the use of knowing?" 

It will be sufficient for our present purpose, 
to comprehend what remains of this part of our 
subject in two sentences : after the terrific re- 
petition of those conflagrations destroyed the 
noblest monuments in Rome, it was said that 
city contained more gods than men ! 

The equestrian and pedestrian statues, tro- 
phies and triumphal arches, which adorned the 



ANCIENT ART. 277 

Roman forum, and the forum of Trajan the 
innumerable sculptures in the imperial palace . 
in the baths of Dioclesian and Caracalla the 
Mausoleum of Augustus, and that of Hadrian 
the files of patriots and heroes which lined the 
Flaminian way were objects to fill the ima- 
gination, and occupy the mind. But neither 
the multitude of them, nor their magnificence, 
will produce any great impression on the 
painter or sculptor. He will keenly search 
out the rare specimens of excellence among 
the hundreds of ordinary beauty ; upon these 
he will fix his attention, and from these he will 
deduce his principles. 

We shall now return to our more immediate 
object, the pursuit and study of excellence, by 
noticing some of the noblest examples which 
the ravages of time and the destructive hand of 
barbarism have spared. 

Besides the works of Phidias already men- 
tioned, duplicates of smaller statues by him 
have come down to us : the Amazon called 



278 LECTURE IX. 

" Euknemon," from her fine leg, of which 
there is a print in the " Museum Pium Cle- 
mentinum," in the library of our Royal Aca- 
demy. Two Minervas are mentioned by Pliny, 
one of which had the surname of Callimorphus, 
expressive of her fine form. Perhaps this 
might be similar to the statue of the goddess 
in Mr. Hope's Gallery, as it strongly resembles 
a Minerva on an Athenian coin among the 
vignettes in " Stuart's Athens." 

Perhaps, in this place, a remark may be 
offered, without impropriety, concerning the 
group of a hero governing a horse, which 
stands opposite the papal palace, on Monte 
Cavallo, in Rome. This group is said to stand 
nearly on the same spot it occupied (with its 
companion) when they guarded the entrance 
to the baths of Constantine. " The work of 
Phidias" was inscribed on the pedestal, as we 
may see at the present time. In illustration of 
this group, three Roman coins may be adduced, 
one struck in the reign of Nero, another under 



ANCIENT ART. 279 

Hadrian, and a third by Commodus, all bear- 
ing this group on the reverse, representing 
Bellerophon about to mount Pegasus, for the 
purpose of destroying the Chimaera. These 
coins were struck in the city of Corinth, where 
Bellerophon was much honoured. The atti- 
tude of the hero, as well as that of the horse, 
resembles a bas-relief on the Parthenon, and 
for that reason, in addition to the style and 
spirit of the work, is likely to have been exe- 
cuted under the direction of Phidias. 

Alcamenes,* the scholar of Phidias, was 
celebrated for his Venus Aphrodite. Many 
small statues of bronze and marble represent 
the goddess pressing the water from her hair, 
and by their elegance are probably copies 
from that statue. 

Praxiteles-f excelled in the highest graces of 
youth and ideal beauty. His Venus of Cnidos, 
which is said to be more perfect than any other, 
is known from the descriptions of Lucian and 

* See Plate XXI. f See Plate XXII. 



280 LECTURE IX. 

Cedrenus. It is on the reverse of a bronze 
medal of Caracalla and Plautilla, in the king 
of France's cabinet. 

The drawing introduced in this Lecture was 
from a statue said to have been found in a 
vineyard, about thirty years since, in Rome, 
and was the property of Duke Braschi, ne- 
phew of Pius the Sixth. Sketches from it were 
made at that time. 

Among the celebrated statues by Praxiteles ? 
of which copies have come down to us, are his 
Satyr, his Cupid bending his bow, and Apollo 
the lizard-killer. Casts are in this academy, 
for w T hich we are indebted to the munificence 
of his present majesty George the Fourth; to 
which may be added Bacchus leaning on a 
faun, although this latter properly belongs to 
the class of groups. 

Polycletus of Sycion, the scholar of Age- 
lades, was admired for his statue of Diadu- 
menus, a youth binding a fillet round his head, 
of which copies are seen occasionally on bas- 
reliefs. It was valued by the ancients at 100 



ANCIENT ART. 281 

talents, rather move than c l 8,000 English 
money. His Doryphorus, or spear-bearer, 
from which sculptors copied the rules of art, 
is known to us only from Pliny's description. 

The Discobolus by Naucides is universally 
admired for the heroic form and retreating 
motion preparatory to the force of person re- 
quisite to the projection of his disk. 

The Discobolus* by Myron is ascertained by 
an antique gem, and the description of Quin- 
tilian, who apologizes for its forced attitude, 
(perhaps that of some particular man distin- 
guished in this game.) There is an ancient 
example of this statue in the British Museum. 

A wounded man, the famous work of Ctesilas, 
is perhaps the same as that called the " D}dng 
Gladiator/' but more properly a herald or 
hero. 

Prints of the wounded Amazon of Ctesilaus 
are not uncommon in the volumes of antique 
statues. 

Pliny mentions the Nine Muses of Philiscus 

* See Plate XXIV. 



282 LECTURE IX. 

of Rhodes, and the Muses brought by Fulvius 
Nobilior to Rome. From one or both of these 
series, the Muses in the Vatican were probably 
obtained, as they appear to be the work of 
different hands. Casts from them are in the 
council room. The Comedy is remarkable for 
juvenile grace of person, and elegance of dra- 
pery. 

The Apollo Philesius by Canachus has many 
repetitions. 

Ganymede borne in the eagle's talons is ex- 
actly described by Pliny. A print of it may 
be seen in the " Museum Pium Clementinum." 

The Apollo Belvidere is believed by the 
learned Visconti to be the Deliverer from Evil, 
the work of Calamis, set up in Athens in me- 
mory of a plague which raged in that city. 

Sublime in his beauty, and terrible in his 
anger, it has been considered as the Phoebus 
Apollo of Homer, destroying the Greeks. It 
has also been looked upon as a variation from 
a statue by Phidias. 

The Hercules Farnese was evidently one of 



ANCIENT ART. 283 

the first favourites of antiquity, from its fre- 
quent repetition in bronze and marble, on 
gems and coins. It is worthy of remark, that 
some statues of Hercules, in the same attitude 
of repose with that surnamed Farnese, but of 
much earlier date, have the proportions of 
common men, and that a series of them may 
be found in the various collections, gradually 
increasing to the terrific strength of Glycon's 
statue. The head of this formidable hero 
bears a noble resemblance to his father Jupi- 
ter. The anatomical detail in the body and 
limbs is more distinct than in any other work 
of antiquity. 

The ancient groups next claim attention. 

Laocoon and his son is composed in a very 
noble concatenation of lines, in the three prin- 
cipal views. The childrens' appeal to the 
father, and the father's to the Gods, is highly 
pathetic. The convulsed rise of the youngest 
from the ground, is the most electric circum- 
stance in the whole sentiment. It was the 



284 LECTURE IX. 

work of Apollodorus, Athenadorus, and Age- 
sander, of Rhodes. 

Zethus and Amphion tying Dirce to the 
bull's horns an example of filial vengeance in 
behalf of a persecuted mother. The concep- 
tion is heroic, and the execution vast. The 
marble is at Naples, but, like many other 
noble works, it has been miserably restored. 

Hercules raising Anteus in his arms is in 
the Pitti Palace, Florence. 

The group of Atreus bearing a dead son of 
Thyestes, Orestes and Electra, Ajax support- 
ing the dead Patroclus, and that of Haemon 
and Antigone, are all examples of fine form, 
heroic character, and sentiment. 

Niobe and her youngest daughter, by Sco- 
pas, is an example of heroic beauty in mature 
age. The sentiment is maternal affection. 
She exposes her own life to shield her child 
from the threatened destruction. The statues 
of the several children all possess the same 
heroic beauty, mixed with astonishment, terror, 



ANCIENT ART. 285 

dismay, and death. That fine example of 
anatomical study, of a difficult but harmonious 
composition, the Group of Wrestlers, was found 
in the same excavation with, and has been 
supposed to belong to, the family of Niobe. 

The group of Cupid and Psyche, interesting 
from the beauty of youthful male and female 
forms and harmony of lines, is an allegory of 
the Pythagorean philosophy, representing the 
union of desire and the soul. 

We may now take some notice of the antique 
bas-relievos, particularly those in the British 
Museum. The metops which formerly adorned 
the Parthenon of Athens, which contain the 
combats of the Lapithae and Centaurs, are dis- 
tinguished by simplicity and heroic exertion. 
Some casts from them are placed in the model 
academy. The procession of chariots, horse- 
men, maidens bearing sacred baskets and can- 
delabrae, animals for sacrifice, and sacred in- 
structors in the Celebration of Minerva, and 
the Assembly of the Gods, are admired by all, 



286 LECTURE IX. 

for simplicity of composition, breadth of gene- 
ral effect, the elegance and delicacy of the 
heads and draperies, the life and spirit of the 
horses. 

The casts (in the same collection) from the 
temple of Theseus. The metops represent his 
heroic deeds, and the frieze within the temple 
councils of the gods. The style of these is 
more like the metops on the Parthenon than 
the broad masses in the procession within that 
temple. 

The whole of the sculpture in the temple of 
Theseus is bold, varied, and full of action. 
The fragments of statues and groups in the 
pediment of the Parthenon are executed with 
great effect ; but, as all the Athenian marbles 
in the Museum have been universally seen and 
admired, additional description would be use- 
less. 

The contention for the body of Patroclus, 
in the pediment of the temple of Jupiter Pan- 
hellenius at Egina, is a fine composition, of 
which there is a beautiful etching by Mr. 



ANCIENT ART. 287 

Cockrell, who assisted in restoring this speci- 
men of ancient art to the world. 

The battle of the Amazons and Athenians, 
from the Temple of Apollo Epicouros, is also 
in the British Museum. 

Those already named are among the ancient 
works of chief excellence, and most worthy of 
the student's contemplation and imitation in 
basso-relievo. 

Others, however, may be mentioned of great 
beauty, the study of which will be highly im- 
portant in the progress of the student. Of this 
number are the beautiful compositions of Per- 
seus and Andromeda, and the Endymion, both 
of which are on the staircase of the Royal 
Academy : to these may be added the basso- 
relievos on the Trajan column on the arches 
of Constantine and Marcus Aurelius and, 
above all, the ancient Sarcophagi, which pre- 
sent a magnificent collection of compositions 
from the great poets of antiquity, Homer, 
Hesiod, JEschylus, Euripides, and Sophocles 
the systems of ancient philosophy, with Greek 



288 LECTURE IX. 

mysteries, initiations, and mythology. The 
study of these will give the young artist the 
true principles of composition, with effect, and 
without confusion, to produce the chief interest 
of his subject by grand lines of figures, without 
the intrusion of useless, impertinent, or trivial 
objects; by carefully observing them he will 
accustom himself to a noble habit of thinking, 
and consequently choose whatever is beautiful, 
elegant, and grand, rejecting all that is mean 
and vulgar ; by thus imbibing an electric spark 
of the poetic fire, he will attain the power of 
employing the beauty and grace of ancient 
poetry and genius in the service of the establish- 
ment and morals of our own time and country. 
In the comparatively few antique statues, 
groups and basso-relievos here mentioned, the 
attention has been called only to such as have 
been esteemed the most, by the united consent 
of ancients and moderns ; the rest, which are 
very numerous, must be sought for in the 
various collections of antiquities, Montfaucon, 
the " Museum Pium Clementinum," " Museum 



ANCIENT ART. 289 

Romanum," " Florentinum," " Giustiniani," 
" Borghese," and many other works of the 
same kind, most of which are in the library of 
our academy. 

The principal schools of sculpture appear to 
have been Athens and Rhodes : in the first, 
the school of Phidias was established ; and we 
learn from Pliny that his emulators were Alca- 
menes, Critias, and Nestocles, and, twenty 
years after, Agelades, Gallon, Polycletus, 
Phragmon, Gorgias, Lacon, Myron, Pytha- 
goras, Scopas, and Perelius. This catalogue, 
we may reasonably believe, contains the sculp- 
tors whose labours adorned the Temple of 
Theseus and the Parthenon ; and from them 
also the successive pupils descended, whose 
works embellished the Roman empire, until 
the northern irruptions spread universal de- 
struction in the west, and the Saracens and 
Turks conquered and wasted the eastern pro- 
vinces. 

The other school of sculpture, namely, 
Rhodes, is likely to have sprung from that of 

u 



290 LECTURE IX. 

Athens. We have already observed that the 
Roman conquerors took 3,000 statues from 
thence. To this school of Rhodes we owe the 
two noble groups, the Laocoon, and Zethus 
and Amphion, both mentioned by Pliny with 
extraordinary praise. 

The sculptors of S icy on and ^Egina appear 
to have been chiefly employed in works of 
bronze, although Corinth, Delos, and other 
cities, have a just claim to reputation on the 
same account. 

To this general view of ancient sculpture, 
a few remarks may be added concerning the 
practical advantage it may afford by guard- 
ing against error and false systems, so fre- 
quently ruinous impediments in the path of 
talent and industry, by which the inexperienced 
mind is first entangled in doubt, and ultimately 
turned from the course it had taken, without 
any sure guide to the desired object. 

It is a sound maxim, that " the same cause 
will always produce the same effect;" there- 
fore, if we would attain excellence in art, we 



ANCIENT ART. 291 

cannot proceed by a more certain course than 
that by which it has been attained before. 

The arts of Greece astonished and delighted 
the world in their own times, and they have 
continued to do so through the lapse of many 
ages ; and now, in their fragments and mutila- 
tions, demand the same just homage from the 
beholder, and afford the same example of ex- 
citement, admiration and instruction to the 
artist : and in this Lecture has been shown, 
not according to chimerical notions, or mere 
supposition, but according to the testimony of 
cotemporary authors, supported by the ancient 
works of art, the progress of sculpture in 
Greece, from the first rude beginning common 
to all countries, by the various gradations of 
improvement, until arrived at that perfection 
which has not been equalled in modern times, 
except perhaps in some very few instances, but 
never excelled ! 

In the former part of this discourse, we have 
seen that the Greeks, in their uncivilized state, 
did not excel their barbarous neighbours in the 



292 LECTURE IX. 

arts ; that religion gave the first impulse to 
sculpture ; that philosophic improvement fur- 
nished the artist with rules ; that legislation, 
by determination of moral and civil right, re- 
duced society to a more settled state, and 
thereby afforded a more tranquil leisure for the 
cultivation of liberal studies ; that the institu- 
tion of gymnastic exercises exhibited the naked 
figure in all views, actions and motions for the 
study of the artist; the anatomical school of 
Hippocrates, and the more extended know- 
ledge of that science in the school of Alex- 
andria, gave more exact details of the parts of 
the human figure ; and, lastly, the dialogues of 
Plato on beauty, its origin, cause, and effect, 
from the mind upon the body, completed the 
general principles of information for the ancient 
sculptor; and as it was a summary of the gra- 
dual progress by which the excellence of Gre- 
cian art was accumulated, so in its perfection 
it became the course of study by which every 
individual artist rose to eminence. 



( 293 ) 



LECTURE X. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 

THE preceding Lecture contained a very gene- 
ral and summary sketch of Ancient Sculpture, 
as introductory to a similar review of Modern 
Sculpture. In that Lecture it was observed, 
that no attempt would be made to give a regu- 
lar history of the art in its commencement by 
the Egyptians, in all the particulars of its pro- 
gress and perfection by the Greeks at what 
point its course had been arrested among the 
Syrians, Persians, and Babylonians what por- 
tion of the colonial arts of Greece found in 
Sicily and Italy, might be considered the un- 
doubted property of the mother country, and 
in what respects they could be claimed by the 
people to whom they were originally exotics : 
all these topics are doubtless necessary to a 



294 LECTURE X. 

complete history of the arts of design, and all 
of consequence to the antiquary. But in the 
number of those topics, we must, as artists, 
distinguish between such as are requisite to 
history, and those passages most important to 
us, of the ancient authors which supply pro- 
found maxims and principles indispensable to 
a sound theory and successful practice of the 
arts. 

Whenever a more extensive knowledge is 
required, application must be made to the 
various writers on the subject, ancient and 
modern. 

The first objects in this institution are the 
principles of art, as must be evident in every 
branch of the establishment ; as a valuable 
library has been formed, and lectures appointed 
for the communication of whatever in science 
and literature the artist may find most useful ; 
and he may try the rules he acquires by com- 
paring his own studies with the finest speci- 
mens of ancient sculpture, and the works of 
the most esteemed painters of the fifteenth 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 295 

century, or the great criterion of all art, Nature, 
in the schools of this institution. 

It is subservient to this wise and liberal plan 
of education, that these Lectures have been 
conceived, in which I have endeavoured to 
present a comprehensive view of the means 
by which ancient art obtained its unrivalled ex- 
cellence, and that by the same means, and by 
application to the same studies, modern art 
rose again to excellence in the fifteenth century. 

Thus the student of the present day has the 
most satisfactory assurance that the ancient 
arts of Greece were carried to perfection, and 
the modern arts of Italy restored, by the same 
system of education established in this institu- 
tion ; and we may with certainty predict, that 
a race of painters and sculptors will be pro- 
duced by our Royal Academy, whose merits 
will secure the admiration of their own time, 
and of future ages, as effectually as their great 
predecessors have done ; with this proviso, that 
on their parts they bring with them to the arts 
they intend to practise, minds truly liberal, 



296 LECTURE X. 

debased by no sordid or unworthy motives, a 
disposition so devoted that any other employ- 
ment would render life miserable, a ready 
inclination to overcome all difficulties by inde- 
fatigable labour, and above all, a comprehen- 
sion of mind, an acuteness of perception, and 
a soundness of judgment capable of attaining 
the various acquirements of science, literature, 
and the study of nature, required in the pro- 
fession. We shall now proceed with the sub- 
ject of modern art. 

It is a fact known to all, that the successive 
irruptions of barbarians into the provinces of the 
Roman empire, both East and West, from the 
fifth to the tenth century of the Christian era, 
spread universal devastation, even to the ren- 
dering great tracts of country desert, where 
abundant population had flourished in mag- 
nificent towns and cities. 

In these dismal times, when the violence of 
fanaticism increased the horrors of barbarous 
invasion when the works of ancient genius in 
painting and sculpture were buried under the. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 297 

ruins of temples, forums, and palaces, which 
they had adorned to the fifth century there 
were accounts of the Olympian Jupiter, and 
the Venus of Cnidos ; but at that time their 
history ends in the common destruction and 
darkness of the times. This spirit of violence 
and warfare did not cease, but was continued 
by the feudal successors to the Roman pro- 
vinces long after the tenth century, with the 
same baneful influence, unabated, upon arts, 
learning and civilization. In the city of Rome, 
the architectural monuments of antiquity were 
converted into fortresses by the contending 
barons ; and in the beginning of the fifteenth 
century, the city was so encumbered with 
ruined buildings and lesser forts, that two 
horsemen could scarcely pass abreast in any 
principal street or open place. Wherever ex- 
cavations have been made in later times, to 
clear the basements of columns, arches, or 
buildings, in the Roman Forum, the Forum 
of Trajan, and other distinguished parts of the 
city, the ancient pavement has , been, always 



298 LECTURE X. 

found from ten to sixteen feet lower than the 
present ; and the whole of the mass between, 
formed from the rubbish of ruined structures, 
mixed with fragments of statues, basso-relievos, 
capitals, columns, &c. We need but one 
instance more, which is within the compass of 
our own knowledge or inquiry, to demonstrate 
the general ruin which accompanied the destruc- 
tion of the works of art during; the barbarous 

O 

irruptions in the great cities of the Roman 
empire the instance related to was in our own 
country. In London, several magnificent 
mosaic or tesselated pavements and fragments 
of ancient art have been found, covered by a 
mass of burnt rubbish, from ten to twelve feet 
deep below the present pavement. Similar 
instances have occurred in most of the cities 
of England, proving the destructive progress 
of the Saxons and Danes in our country not 
to have been less furious than those of the 
Goths, Vandals, Huns, and Lombards in Italy, 
or of the Saracens and Turks in the East. 
But from the vengeance of barbarians, sti- 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 299 

mulated by prey, and provoked by oppression, 
we shall willingly turn our view to the re-esta- 
blishment of social order, and the restoration 
of arts and letters. 

After the entire destruction of the Roman 
power in the West of Europe, Italy was di- 
vided into republics and principalities, the chief 
of which, Venice, Genoa, and Pisa, possessing 
the advantage of extensive sea coasts, were the 
first to enrich their countries by commerce, 
and improve their knowledge by voyages. 
The Venetians, situated in the neighbourhood 
of Greece, were induced to emulate the Church 
of St. Sophia at Constantinople, in the build- 
ing and decoration of St. Mark's in their own 
city. The plan of this church is a Greek cross, 
and the mosaic pictures, from sacred history, 
which adorn the interior, are from Greek 
paintings of the same age. The present church 
was consecrated, A.D. 1085. 

The republic of Pisa had a naval force so 
considerable previous to this period, that they 
had beaten the Saracens in Africa, Sardinia, 



300 LECTURE X. 

Majorca, Minorca, and Sicily, besides taking 
from them immense treasure, with which they 
built the Cathedral of Pisa, begun in 1063, 
finished 1092. 

The building of these cathedrals was followed 
by those of Verona, Modena, Pistoia, and 
several others in Italy. 

Schools of painting and sculpture, as well 
as architecture, were formed and established 
in the eleventh and twelfth centuries ; and the 
distinguished talents produced in them were 
cherished and employed in the cause of reli- 
gion. 

It will be found on a careful inquiry, that 
the elements, as well as the perfection of the 
arts, have always been received, either imme- 
diately or intermediately, from the Greeks, by 
Western Europe, although this has been denied 
by Vasari ; and, as far as concerns the Greek 
Christian paintings, does not seem to have 
been even suspected by Winckelmann. To 
this part of our subject, therefore, a short but 
satisfactory illustration is required. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 301 

The germ, or first beginning of modern art, 
is not to be so absolutely reckoned from the 
commencement of the eleventh century, when 
society began to be settled in Europe, as from 
the reign of Constantine, seven centuries ear- 
lier, when Christianity became the established 
religion of the empire; then it was that paint- 
ing and sculpture ceased to be employed on 
the pagan gods, and their powers were engaged 
to adorn the churches built by Christian em- 
perors, with the persons and events of sacred 
history.* The portrait of our Saviour, with 
those of some of the Apostles, particularly 
Peter and Paul, appear to have been known 
in Galilee either during their lives, or shortly 
after their deaths. 

The Emperor Tiberius was desirous of hav- 
ing the Messiah admitted among the gods of 
the empire, but was refused by the Senate. 
Alexander Severus had the statue of Jesus 
Christ among his household gods. 

* Vide Arringhi's Roma Subterranea, plate XLIX. 



302 LECTURE X. 

Even during the reigns of those emperors, 
by whom the Christians were cruelly perse- 
cuted, when they were obliged to perform their 
sacred worship in subterrains and sepulchral 
chambers, they ornamented those retreats with 
sacred portraits and subjects from Scripture. 
But when the churches of St. Sophia and the 
Apostles were built in Constantinople by Con- 
stantine and his successors, they were em- 
bellished with mosaics and statues. 

Bosius, in his " Roma Subterranea," exhibits 
many Christian sarcophagi sculptured with 
scriptural subjects from the Old and New Tes- 
tament in basso-relievo. 

Monier,* in his History of Painting, Sculp- 
ture and Architecture, gives large quotations 
from the Christian Fathers concerning the ex- 
cellent paintings of sacred subjects in the 
Eastern churches, from the fourth to the eighth 
century, and the powerful effects produced by 
them on the beholders. Indeed, there are 

* Monier, page 60. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 303 

still remaining in the libraries of the Emperor 
of Austria and King of France, Greek paint- 
ings executed in the middle ages, of great 
beauty ; but above all the Greek painting and 
sculpture now existing, those particularly de- 
serve notice of the Nativity,* the Transfigu- 
ration, the Resurrection, and the Glorification, 
because they were the examples universally 
followed by the Italian artists, until after 
Raphael and Michael Angelo. 

Andrea Tafi, a Florentine, cotemporary 
with Cimabue, studied under the Grecian 
artists in St. Mark's Church, Venice, while 
they were employed in decorating the interior 
with the principal subjects recorded in the Old 
and New Testaments. 

Apollonius, a Grecian painter, returned from 
Venice with Tafi, and assisted him in the mo- 
saics afterwards executed in St. John's Bap- 
tistery at Florence. Cimabue was also in- 
structed by Greek artists. These facts being 

* Plates XXXV. and XXXVI. 



304 LECTURE X. 

acknowledged by the Italian writers, there 
remains no cause for surprize that the Greek 
Christian compositions should assist the resto- 
ration of painting, more than that their paint- 
ings and basso-relievos should have supplied 
the principles of ancient art. 

The Cathedral of Pisa, built by Buskettus 
an architect from Dulichium, was the second 
sacred edifice (St. Marks in Venice being the 
first) raised after the destruction of the Roman 
power in Italy. It has received the honour of 
being allowed by posterity to have taken the 
lead in restoring art : and, indeed, the travel- 
ler, on entering the city gates, is astonished 
by a scene of architectural magnificence and 
singularity not to be equalled in the world. 
Four stupendous structures of fine marble in 
one group the solemn cathedral, in the general 
parallelogram of its form resembling an an- 
cient temple, which unites and simplifies the 
arched divisions of its exterior the Baptistery, 
a circular building, surrounded with arches 
and columns, crowned with niches, statues 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 305 

and pinnacles, rising to an apex in the centre, 
terminated by a statue of the Baptist; the 
Falling Tower, (which is thirteen feet out of 
the perpendicular,) a most elegant cylinder, 
raised by eight rows of columns surmounting 
each other, and surrounding a staircase ; 
the Cemetery, a long square corridor, 400 by 
200 feet, containing the ingenious works of 
the improvers of painting, down to the six- 
teenth century. This extraordinary scene in the 
evening of a summer's day, with a splendid red 
sun setting in the dark blue sky, the full moon 
rising on the opposite side over a city nearly 
deserted, affects the beholder's mind with such 
a sensation of magnificence, solitude and 
wonder, that he scarcely knows whether he is 
in this world or not. 

To describe the numerous works of painting 
and sculpture with which the restorers of art 
laboured to adorn these magnificent edifices 
during 500 years, would require time equal to 
that allowed for the Lectures on Sculpture 
during one season . Fortunately for the student, 



306 LECTURE X. 

fine prints from the paintings in the Campo 
Santo, with outlines of the sarcophagi in the 
same corridor, may be seen in the library of 
the Royal Academy. 

The general effect of this group of buildings 
deserves to be dwelt on, for these reasons in 
particular, first, because noble ideas, finely 
executed, cannot fail of producing an irresist- 
ible effect on the mind ; secondly, this assem- 
blage of buildings contains a more regular 
series of those labours by which the restoration 
of art was effected, than is to be found within 
the same compass in any other place. 

We shall now proceed to notice the restorers 
of sculpture in Italy, with the same brevity as 
the first improvers in Greece. 

It is not unlikely that Buskettus the Greek, 
who built the Cathedral of Pisa in the eleventh 
century, established the schools of architecture 
and sculpture at the same time in that city, 
(although we have no historical proof of 
the fact,) because we know it was not un- 
usual with thpse early artists to practise 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 307 

painting, sculpture, and architecture, at the 
same time, and because there are rude 
statues on the cathedral coeval with the build- 
ing ; and it is acknowledged by the Pisan 
writers, that there were sculptors in that city 
before Nicolas and his son John, whose works 
became famous throughout Italy in the middle 
of the thirteenth century. These sculptors 
executed most magnificent marble pulpits, en- 
riched with basso-relievos and statues, in the 
cathedrals of Pisa, Pistoia and Sienna, also 
in the Baptistery of Pisa : a series of sacred 
subjects from the Old and New Testament, by 
them and their scholars, are seen on the west 
front of Orvieto Cathedral. There are also by 
John Pisano some elegant statues of the 
Virgin and Child. Nicolas and John improved 
sculpture, by study of the antique basso-relievos 
in the Campo Santo ; in their own works the 
compositions are simple and intelligible; the 
female figures are frequently elegant in their 
movements and their drapery. In them are oc- 
casionally seen an originality of idea and a 

x2 



308 LECTURE X. 

force of thought seldom met with when schools 
of art are in the habit of copying from each 
other. 

Andrea Ugolino Pisano, from the school of 
those sculptors, designed and executed in 
bronze the oldest gate of the Baptistery in 
Florence, the compartments of which represent 
the life of St. John. The compositions have a 
Gothic and simple grandeur. He also exe- 
cuted some statues in marble, but they were 
rather inferior to the productions of Nicolas 
and John. 

The next distinguished restorer of sculpture 
was Donatello the Florentine. Some of his 
works, both in bronze and marble, might be 
placed beside the best productions of ancient 
Greece without discredit. In the " Opera del 
Duomo" of Santa Maria del Fiore, the Cathe- 
dral of Florence, there is an alto-relievo of two 
singing-boys of extraordinary beauty in senti- 
ment, character, drawing and drapery. In 
the gallery of Florence there is a bronze statue 
of a lad, (perhaps a Mercury,) so delicately 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 309 

proportioned, and so perfectly natural, that it 
is excelled only by the best works of antiquity, 
in certain exquisite graces peculiar to the 
finest monuments in Greece, but not to be at- 
tained or expected from the endeavours of 
lately resurgent genius. His marble statue of 
St. George is a simple and forcible example 
of sentiment; he stands upright, equally poized 
on both legs, his hands resting on his shield 
before him. Michael Angelo, after admiring 
this statue some time in silence, suddenly ex- 
claimed, " March/' His basso-relievos of the 
life of Christ, on the pulpit of Saint Lorenzo's 
Church, abound in noble conceptions, but 
they were the works of advanced age, and 
terminated by his scholars. He was a man of 
modesty and principle : whatever work he en- 
gaged in, his chief concern was to make it the 
most perfect possible. The contemporaries of 
this artist are not to be forgotten, although 
perhaps, on the whole, inferior sculptors to 
him. Brunelleschi executed a crucifixion in 
wood, now in the Church of Santa Maria No- 



310 LECTURE X. 

vella, which represents the suffering Saviour, 
in a manner not to be looked on with indiffer- 
ence. He afterwards engaged in architecture, 
and built the much admired Church of Santa 
Maria del Fiore. 

Lorenzo Ghiberti, the other illustrious co- 
temporary of Donatello, has immortalized his 
memory by the bronze gates of St. John's 
Baptistery, called " the Gates of Paradise," 
from Michael Angelo's compliment. But 
the criticism of Sir Joshua Reynolds was 
one indisputable proof of that great man's 
judgment in the sister arts. His observation 
amounted to this, that Ghiberti's " landscape 
and buildings occupied so large a portion of 
the compartments, that the figures remained 
but secondary objects, entirely contrary to the 
principle of the ancients/' Ghiberti, likewise, 
made a large statue in bronze of St. Matthew, 
on the exterior of San Michele ; but his talents 
were better suited to the elegance and delicate 
finishing of smaller works. His St. Matthew 
wants the severe chastity of the apostolic cha- 
racter, and the head is inferior to those in the 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 311 

spandells of his gates, the attitude also is 
affected and the drapery unnatural. 

We may, without neglecting our great pur- 
pose, (the principles of art,) pass over the in- 
termediate names between Donatello, and 
Michael Angelo, as having added little to the 
value of modern sculpture. 

We now arrive at a great and venerable 
name, without an equal in the three sister arts. 

Michael Angelo, according to the testimony 
of Vasari, (his biographer and kinsman,) was 
descended from the Counts of Canossa, a Lom- 
bard family, possessed by conquest, and im- 
perial gift, of Lombardy, Tuscany and Lucca, 
and allied by marriages to the blood of Char- 
lemagne. 

Certainly, if superior genius, enlightened by 
poetic inspiration, regulated and purified by 
philosophy and religion, can attest an illus- 
trious descent, few names are recorded in his- 
tory whose pretensions are better founded than 
his, of whom we are speaking. But it is also 
possible that a noble mind may be compatible 



312 LECTURE X. 

with an humbler descent, and we know that 
the cultivation of the mental powers, moral 
virtues and knowledge are the result of forti- 
tude and perseverance ; and these were the 
qualities by which Michael Angelo became 
the wonder and example of his own and suc- 
ceeding ages. His early attachment to the 
arts at last overcame his father's prejudice 
against a profession which he fancied disgraced 
the nobility of his family, and he was placed 
under Dominico Ghirlandaio, the best painter 
of his time. He afterwards studied in the 
Museum of Ancient Sculpture, formed by 
Lorenzo di Medici in the garden of St. Mark, 
where Bertoldo the sculptor, a disciple of 
Donatello, was employed by the magnificent 
founder of the school to instruct the pupils. 
Here Michael Angelo's diligence and ability 
distinguished him above the other students, as 
they had previously in Ghirlandaio's school of 
painting. As Michael Angelo was patronized 
by Lorenzo, and eat at his table, he became 
acquainted with Politian and Marsilius Ficinus, 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 313 

and with such of the learned Greeks as had 
sought refuge in Italy previous to the taking 
Constantinople by the Turks. From the society 
and conversation of these distinguished philo- 
sophers and scholars, he could not fail to obtain 
a general clue to the connection between an- 
cient literature and the arts, and a knowledge 
of the passages in Vitruvius relating to pro- 
portions, geometry, and perspective, together 
with portions from those ancient physicians 
who had revived the study of anatomy. Be- 
cause conversations of these kinds only were 
usual at the table of Lorenzo, and as one of 
his darling endeavours was to raise a great 
school of art in Florence, his friends and visi- 
tors would naturally pay their court to him, by 
communications of whatever was likely to for- 
ward his patriotic wishes on this subject. 

Michael Angelo commenced his career by 
various works of sculpture, a sleeping Cupid, 
a Bacchus and young Faun, the colossal David, 
and a group of a sitting Madonna bearing the 
dead Christ on her knees, which raised his 



314 LECTURE X. 

fame above all his modern predecessors in the 
art. Fortunately, however, this success did 
not wholly overcome his love for painting, of 
which there is a most beautiful example in the 
Florentine gallery of a Holy Family, with a 
number of small figures in the back-ground 
representing St. John baptizing the multitude 
in the River Jordan. 

Thus had the ceaseless study and unwearied 
labours of Buonarotti raised him so high in 
public estimation, that he was appointed to 
paint a portion of the great hall in Florence, 
on which Leonardi da Vinci was already em- 
ployed; and it is to a competition of such 
talent as but rarely occurs in the history of the 
world, that we are indebted for that surprising 
composition, the Battle of the Standard, which 
Rubens imitated in four admirable hunting 
scenes ; and it is most likely that it is to the 
lesson Michael Angelo received from this de- 
sign, that he was more particularly led to that 
study of complicated grouping, in which his 
Last Judgment is unrivalled. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 315 

Though this great man was afterwards em- 
ployed on works of sculpture, imposing and 
admirable from their originality and power, 
yet his noblest productions are in colours. 

The Ceiling of the Sistine Chapel, and the 
Last Judgment, taken together as two por- 
tions of one whole, are unparalleled in the 
history of art, ancient or modern, in the vast- 
ness of the idea the grandeur of the subject, 
comprehending the entire scheme of divine 
revelation the dignity of the characters, among 
which, our reason is convinced, are those which 
cannot be represented. Nevertheless, if the 
whole is considered with the great elevation of 
mind which accompanies the observation of 
visible objects, each part is so harmoniously 
sublime and extraordinary, that the beholder 
believes he is admitted to a vision of " Light 
separated from Darkness/' " the Benediction 
of the Waters/' and " the Creation of the Hu- 
man Race I" 

The groups of patriarchal families, which 
border the composition of the ceiling, are 



316 LECTURE X. 

choice selections of piety and love, in senti- 
ment and form unknown to the ancients, and 
unattempted by the moderns before his time ; 
the naked figures are new and admirable 
the prophets, sybils, and the four corners of 
the ceiling taken separately, will afford matter 
for contemplation and study, not to be found 
in whole galleries by other masters. 

" The Last Judgment" is indeed a consum- 
mate work ; as sublime and terrific to all be- 
holders in relation to the most important in- 
terests of humanity, as it was novel and asto- 
nishing to cotemporary painters when first 
exposed to the public, and has been since to 
all admirers of the noblest productions of 
genius. This work has been so powerfully 
described, and so admirably commented on by 
the great professor of painting in this Aca- 
demy, that little more need be said at present. 
Perhaps, in justice to the originality of concep- 
tion, it may not be impertinent to observe, that 
Lucas Signorelli, a painter of great merit, 
some years before Michael Angelo became 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 317 

eminent, painted a Last Judgment in the ca- 
thedral of Orvieto represented by a multi- 
tude of figures standing upright on the fore- 
ground, awaiting conveyance to their final 
destinations by angels or demons in the air 
above them. Michael Angelo's composition 
is the actual accomplishment of the Judgment. 
The Divine Son, in the midst of saints and 
apostles, has the books opened by the angels 
before him, from which every one is judged 
according to his works. The Christian chari- 
ties and the deadly sins, with the struggles of 
good and evil, are most strikingly expressed* 
in characteristic groups immediately below the 
angels, whilst the dead are rising from their 
graves in the earth : thus confining the ultimate 
horror of the scene to a smaller space in the 
lower part of the altar-piece. 

Michael Angelo's two great compositions in 
the Pauline Chapel must not be forgotten : 
they were, it is true, the productions of his age, 

* See Plate XXXVII. 



318 LECTURE X. 

but they are the works of a mighty veteran. 
In the " Conversion of Saul/' the groups of 
angels surrounding the descending Saviour, 
whilst calling his apostle, are luxuriantly ex- 
tatic, and offer an internal testimony that 
Correggio's ideas of the celestial ministry, in 
his celebrated " Nativity," were probably 
awakened by the sight of some sketches from 
this picture. The terror and flight of the 
horses from the fallen Saul bear evidence to 
the miracle. 

The Martyrdom of St. Peter is a scene of 
solemn gloom congenial with the occasion, 
where his Christian brethren descend with 
slow and sorrowing steps into the excavation, 
in which the cross is fixed, to receive the dying 
apostle's benediction. 

The character of Michael Angelo's sculpture 
is too lofty and original to be dismissed with- 
out farther notice, although we must acknow- 
ledge it has been criticised with severity, be- 
cause it rarely possesses the chaste simplicity 
of Grecian art. True ; but, although Michael 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 319 

Angelo lived long, he did not live long enough 
to give absolute perfection to all his works: 
yet the .pensive sitting figure of Lorenzo di 
Medicis, in the Medici Chapel, is not without 
this charm ; and the Madonna and Child on 
the north side of the same chapel is simple, 
and has a sentiment of maternal affection never 
found in the Greek sculpture, but frequently 
in the works of this artist, particularly in his 
paintings, and that of the most tender kind. 

The recumbent statues in the monument of 
Julian di Medicis in the same chapel, of Day- 
break or Dawn, and Night, are grand and 
mysterious : the characters and forms bespeak 
the same mighty mind and hand evident 
throughout the Ceiling of the Sistine Chapel, 
and Last Judgment. 

The monument of Julius the Second, ac- 
cording to Michael Angelo's sketch, was mag- 
nificently conceived, and characteristic of this 
haughty pontiff; but the composition was re- 
duced to one quarter of the first intention by 
succeeding popes, and the statues were exe- 



320 LECTURE X. 

cuted by inferior sculptors, excepting the 
Moses. Two slaves, in the original design, 
were done in marble ; these are now in the 
Louvre, admired for disposition and anatomi- 
cal perfection. 

The character and works of Michael Angelo 
have been dwelt on at greater length, because, 
as his mental and bodily powers continued far 
beyond the usual date of human life, his dili- 
gence attained to so much greater perfection 
in the principles of art. Anatomy the motion 
and perspective of the figure the complica- 
tion, grandeur and harmony of his grouping, 
with the advantages and facility of execution 
in painting and sculpture, besides his mathe- 
matical and mechanical attainments in archi- 
tecture and building, which, together with the 
many and prodigious works he accomplished, 
demonstrate how greatly he contributed to the 
restoration of art. 

After the works of the great man just men- 
tioned, John of Bologna's " Venus coming from 
the Bath/' both standing and kneeling, are re- 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 321 

markable for delicacy and grace. His Mer- 
cury rising to fly is energetic and original ; 
his groups are harmoniously incatenated. 

Benvenuto Cellini deserves praise for his 
group of Perseus and Medusa, but the suc- 
ceeding sculptors in the seventeenth century 
must be looked on as having debased, rather 
than contributed to the restoration of art. 
Even Bernini, whose reputation was so great 
in his time, can be praised only for his Apollo 
and Daphne, and for the ease and nature of 
his portraits. His larger works are remarka- 
ble for presuming airs, affected grace, and un- 
meaning flutter. 

Towards the close of the seventeenth cen- 
tury, however, better knowledge of principles 
and science, more attention to ideal beauty, 
and more careful and profound study of nature, 
raised the productions of this art again to a 
promise of future success, unknown since the 
times of ancient Greece. 

By this sketch it will be seen, that the arts 
rose to the highest elevation in the free states 

y 



LECTURE X. 

of Greece that they were destroyed and 
buried by the inroads of barbarism and igno- 
ranceand that they were restored in the free 
states of Italy by the same means which gave 
them birth, and reared them to maturity in 
their native land. 

Painting and sculpture had been practised 
and generally admired in Italy from the ele- 
venth century; but at that time they were 
without determined proportions for the human 
figure ; without anatomy, perspective, or the 
principles of motion. 

In the beginning of the fifteenth century, the 
increasing power of the Turks had reduced the 
eastern empire to little more than the city of 
Constantinople, when such of the learned 
Greeks as dreaded the dominion of this bar- 
barous people sought shelter in Italy, and 
brought with them copies of the ancient clas- 
sics in science and polite literature, of which, 
as they were perfect masters themselves in 
their own language, they communicated to the 
Italians, in Venice, Rome, and Florence. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 323 

Leonardo da Vinci at this time made studies 
of anatomy from the horse, and afterwards 
a complete series of anatomical designs from 
the human subject, assisted in the dissections 
by the celebrated anatomist Marc Antonio 
della Torre. Rather before this time, Michael 
Angelo engaged in a most diligent course of 
this study. Both these great men were most 
likely encouraged to undertake a careful ap- 
plication to this science, by the publication of 
John Guinter of Anderon, one of the masters 
of Vesalius, in the year 1536, " who is the 
only anatomist before Vesalius, who gives an 
accurate and full description of the muscles/' 

Leon Baptista Alberti had, some years be- 
fore, found the necessity of geometrical know- 
ledge in painting, which Paolo Uccello pur- 
sued until he brought perspective to a perfec- 
tion that bewitched several of his cotempo- 
raries. In justice to the ancients, however, it 
must be acknowledged an improvement only 
(though an exceeding valuable one) on Euclid's 
optics. 

Y2 



324 LECTURE X. 

The use of perspective in fore-shortening 
the human figure has given a marvellous gran- 
deur and truth to the groups of Michael An- 
gelo. A drawing by this great master is extant 
of a figure measured in the same manner as 
Vitruvius informs us was practised by the 
Greeks, and which has since been generally 
used. 

Of all the advantages which the sister arts 
derived from the restoration of Greek litera- 
ture, nothing seems more extraordinary than 
the following coincidence, and few circum- 
stances relating to the subject deserve a more 
serious attention. 

Previous to the time of Phidias, the Grecian 
sculpture, both gods and men, had the same 
ordinary outline of body, limbs and counte- 
nance usually found in common nature ; and 
it has been remarked, the ancient statue of 
Minerva in the Villa Albani was characterized 
as the goddess of wisdom, by an aged counte- 
nance. 

Phidias, however, began the reformation. 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 325 

He gave dignity to Jupiter from Homer's de- 
scription. Succeeding artists continued to 
refine and elevate the different orders of di- 
vinity, until each personage of the mythology 
received the appointed portion of ideal beauty 
from selected nature and abstracted reasoning. 

o 

We must remember that Phidias and Plato 
were nearly cotemporaries ; and considering 
the astonishing influence of this philosopher's 
discourses and writings, particularly concern- 
ing the power of the soul's energies in the 
configuration of the countenance and person, 
according to established habits of virtue or 
vice his distinction of the spiritual orders 
his accurate investigation of the good, the per- 
fect, and the beautiful itself when we consi- 
der the high and extensive veneration in which 
these discourses were held, little doubt can be 
entertained of their influence in directing the 
artist's mind in his choice of subjects, and the 
expression of qualities for the perfection of 
beauty. 

The coincidence, then, alluded to above, was 



326 . LECTURE X. 

that, in the very zenith of the restoration of the 
art, in the time of Michael Angelo, Leonardo da 
Vinci, and Raphael, the magnificent Lorenzo 
di Medici formed a society of Platonic philo- 
sophers, consisting of the most celebrated 
scholars of his time and country, and caused 
the Philosopher's dialogues to be translated 
and commented on by Marsilius Ficinus ; and 
as this work was highly esteemed by the Me- 
dici family, the pontiffs Leo the Tenth, Cle- 
ment the Seventh, and Julius the Third, as 
well as by the learned and ingenious generally, 
there can be as little doubt that Plato's reason- 
ing on the beautiful and its characteristics, 
supplied as happy assistance in the determina- 
tion of sublime and spiritual characters to the 
restorers of art in Italy, as it had done to the 
ancient Greek artists. 

As a brief sketch has been offered of the 
restoration of art, and some of the circum- 
stances noticed which contributed to this end, 
the following question naturally presents itself: 
from what complication of causes did litera- 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 327 

ture and the arts remain in such a state of 
concealment and darkness for the long period 
of a thousand years, from the fifth to the fif- 
teenth century? 

Though the answer to this question is suffi- 
ciently given in the general history of the times, 
it is so much interwoven with the nature of 
our subject, that it may not appear impertinent 
to introduce an illustrative paragraph, to pre- 
serve the connection of argument. 

Whilst the northern people over-ran Europe 
in the seventh century, the Saracens invaded 
the east, and established themselves in Egypt, 
Persia, and a portion of Greece, where they 
soon became sensible of the advantages that 
Christians derived from science and letters, 
particularly in commerce and medicine. 

Two successive Saracen princes, Haroun Al 
Raschid and Al Mammon, to obtain the same 
benefits for themselves and their subjects, em- 
ployed Syrian Christians to translate the Greek 
authors of highest reputation into the Arabic 
language, after which they caused the original 



328 LECTURE X. 

MSS. to be burnt; thus endeavouring to 
secure all the philosophy, mathematics, medi- 
cine, anatomy, geography, history, and poetry 
they found among the conquered people, and 
by the destruction of the MSS. to reduce the 
Greeks to the same state of ignorance in which 
they were themselves previously involved. This 
conduct of the Saracens, as they intended, de- 
prived the Christians of a considerable portion 
of the remaining light which former calamity 
and destruction had spared. Greek authors 
translated by Syrians into Arabic, that is to 
say, from one language foreign to the transla- 
tors, into another equally foreign, produced 
copies abounding in mistakes, and, wherever 
the subject was abstruse, misconception or ig- 
norance frequently rendered the passage unin- 
telligible. In this state of things, the conquests 
of the Saracens had enabled them to found 
universities in Europe and Asia, in which they 
alone assumed the privilege of instruction. 
The confusion and perversion the ancient 
authors had suffered bv translation, rendered 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 329 

philosophy the instrument of the Koran, and 
infected Christianity with its poison far and 
wide. Whilst science remained torpid, paint- 
ing and sculpture ceased to be practised, as 
the representation of the human figure was for- 
bidden by the Mohammedan law ; and archi- 
tecture by the Arabians and Saracens became 
an imitation, in the larger masses and columns, 
of the declining architecture of the lower em- 
pire, with capitals formed of unmeaning flou- 
rishes, or dug into numerous small cavities, 
because that was more easily effected by un- 
skilful workmen than a decoration of foliage, 
from which that style improperly called Gothic- 
is believed to have originated in Europe. 

Thus were the arts and their principles lost 
for so long a period, in addition to the other 
miseries of a darkened and afflicted world, 
until providentially restored in the fifteenth 
century by men especially endowed, to whose 
genius and indefatigable labours we must 
always look with respect and gratitude. 



330 LECTURE X. 

In considering the impediments that pre- 
vented an earlier manifestation of the progress 
of modern art, and which were (by some) 
believed to be insurmountable, the following 
opinion, prevalent among the classical admirers 
of art previous to the time of Winckleman and 
afterwards, deserves particular notice, which 
was, that the Christian religion afforded sub- 
jects less favourable to the painter or sculptor 
than the Pagan mythology ; and although we 
hope this prejudice is diminished, yet it is not 
so entirely passed away as to render an inquiry 
into its merits wholly useless. We will first, 
therefore, consider the question in respect to 
beauty ; next, in respect to the moral systems ; 
and, lastly, we will consider what has been 
done, in relation to what is possible to be 
done. 

In the first place, the ancient theory of per- 
sonal beauty is, that it consists in a body and 
limbs accommodated to perform the various 
functions and offices of life, under the govern- 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 331 

ment of the best principles of intelligence and 
will ; in this definition the generality of moderns 
agree with the ancients. Here, then, we see 
that the artist is equally bound by the modern, 
as by the ancient practice, to make himself 
acquainted by physiological inquiry and phi- 
losophical reasoning, with the most perfect 
union of forms and sentiment for his studies. 

Beauty is to be considered as pertaining to 
two orders of creation the supernatural and 
the natural. In the Pagan mythology, the 
supernatural order consists of superior and 
inferior divinities, beatified heroes, and purified 
spirits. These have been represented by the 
ancients with a grandeur, perfection, and dis- 
tinctness of character, by which we as imme- 
diately recognize Jupiter from Hercules or 
Mercury, as we distinguish Cicero from De- 
mosthenes, or Socrates from Zeno. The most 
elevated orders are more dignified in their cha- 
racters, forms and attitudes, whilst the younger 
deities are more remarkable for beauty in the 
bloom of youth, and a corresponding lightness 



LECTURE X. 

of figure and sprightliness of action ; to these 
might be added an enumeration of distinctions 
both celestial and terrestrial. 

But the arts of design may exert' their utmost 
efforts, could they even call the genius of Phi- 
dias and the grace of Praxiteles to employ 
their most exalted conceptions in the most 
lively execution, without the reasonable expec- 
tation of being perfectly satisfied with their 
own productions, if employed on the person- 
ages and events of divine revelation. 

The gradations of celestial power and beauty 
in the orders of angels and archangels, the 
grandeur and inspiration of prophets, accord- 
ing to the difference of mission, and the sanc- 
tity of apostles, have produced examples of 
grace, beauty, and grandeur of character, ori- 
ginal in themselves, and not to be found in 
such variety among the remains of antiquity, 
as in works by the restorers of art in the fif- 
teenth century. 

If we compare the moral systems of Paganism 
and Christianity, we cannot fail to wonder that 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 333 

society was not exterminated in an empire 
which sacrificed 20,000 gladiators every year, 
on the amphitheatres for public diversion. 
This is but one instance of the public character 
of the Romans. Even the Athenians, so justly 
admired for arts and letters, in their moral 
habits tolerated the most frightful offences. 
Besides that contradiction to the love of liberty 
in which they defended their country against 
foreign invaders, that at the time Athens con- 
tained 12,000 free citizens, it contained also 
120,000 slaves, or ten slaves to each free 
citizen. 

But enough of this. We will console our- 
selves with the cheering reflection, that some 
sense of piety and mutual duty was kept alive 
by the spirit of philosophy, under Pagan sys- 
tems, and felicitate ourselves upon the enjoy- 
ment of that Perfect Dispensation which en- 
joins a moral practice to secure the happiness 
of all allowing an extent of political freedom 
beneficial to all, at the same time that it guards 
the just rights of every one which protects 



334 LECTURE X. 

knowledge and science, and bestows on the 
arts a moral purity and a perfection of senti- 
ment, arising from the various duties and chari- 
ties of Christianity, not to be found under any 
other code. These advantages were well un- 
derstood by Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael and 
Michael Angelo. The Holy Families only, by 
these great masters, would form a gallery of 
the greatest beauty the most tender and 
interesting sentiment, totally unlike any ancient 
work, and entirely novel in subject, composi- 
tion and character. The same may be said of 
those noble compositions by Raphael, the Car- 
toons, which for expression of divine and ex- 
alted character, grand and extraordinary group- 
ing, may be compared with the noblest remains 
of ancient art. 

Michael Angelo's merits have been fre- 
quently and ably insisted on by your excellent 
professor of painting : but we may be still per- 
mitted to observe, that in the Cappella Sistini, 
the sublimity of subjects and characters, the 
several patriarchal groups of incomparable 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 335 

interest and beauty, all original, and unlike any 
production of antiquity, with that wonderful 
altar-piece of the Last Judgment, form toge- 
ther a labour that seems scarcely the work of 
man, and stands without a rival in ancient or 
modern art. 

When we consider what was done by the 
restorers of art in the fifteenth century, what 
incredible improvements in a comparatively 
few years, and remember that these works are 
still before us for our instruction, and that we 
besides possess the invaluable principles and 
rules used by those distinguished persons for 
conducting their works and in addition to 
these advantages, great numbers of the finest 
examples of ancient art in the Herculaneum 
collection of paintings and the Greek painted 
vases, hidden in the earth when Raphael and 
Michael Angelo lived, have since been ex- 
tracted from the oblivion in which they lay, 
and have shed additional light on the arts of 
design, with these assistances from ancient 
art and ancient wisdom, in addition to the 



336 LECTURE X. 

beautiful and novel works of the fifteenth cen- 
tury, and the continual improvements in every 
branch of science, which give much more 
facility to labour, shall we not say with Dr. 
Young, in his " Essay on Composition/' that 
considering all these advantages of principles 
from so many preceding ages, with the innu- 
merable works of genius by which they are 
illustrated and we are instructed, that we 
are properly the ancients, because these our 
mental riches are more abundant than have 
ever been enjoyed before, and possess us with 
advantages the ancients had not? We can 
employ our imaginations in the sister arts, on 
the sublime, the heroic, the severely beautiful 
personages and events of the venerable Homer 
and Hesiod's poems ; we may venture on the 
terrific or afflicting scenes of the Greek trage- 
dians ; or we may relax our fancy with the 
innocent simplicity of the pastoral poets ; but 
we have subjects also, which, although un- 
known to the Greeks and Romans, will em- 
ploy the greatest powers with the greatest ad- 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 337 

vantage to the best faculties and dispositions 
of man, to his happiness present and future. 
It will be at once understood that the book 
which supplies these subjects is the Holy Bible. 
Some have thought, that so many composi- 
tions have been already made, that nothing 
new can now be found in it for painting or 
sculpture : but it should be remembered that 
the compositions have been little more than 
selections from the common historical subjects, 
with few or none from the Prophecies and 
Psalms, which offer an abundance of the most 
sublime and splendid, as well as most simple 
and affecting subjects for design. Besides, 
when we consider that every subject may be 
represented in three striking points of time, 
the commencement of an action, the heat of 
the action, and the conclusion and also that 
every action may be represented in four or five 
different manners, especially if it comprehends 
several figures under all these circumstances, 
we may then safely affirm, without danger of 
exaggeration, that many hundred subjects are 

z 



338 LECTURE X. 

to be found in the sacred writings, which, 
being ably designed, would be new to the be- 
holder. 

In the number of original subjects, of the 
noblest class, derived from revelation, we must 
remember the immortal poem of " Paradise 
Lost/' by our countryman John Milton; 
concerning which Dryden wrote familiarly to 
the Earl of Dorset: " This man has out-cut 
us all, and the ancients too/' A learned Italian 
(the Marquis Manto) said of the author, in a 
Latin distich, that " Greece boasted her 
Meonides, Rome her Virgil, and England her 
Milton, equal to both." Dr. Johnson, to 
whom we are indebted for the inimitable Pre- 
face to Shakspeare. has also done justice to 
the genius of Milton, and, though his adver- 
sary in religious and political opinions, has 
honestly and magnanimously pronounced an 
encomium on the Paradise Lost, not cursorily 
and generally, but particularly ; accompanied 
by reasons on each occasion, which flash con- 
viction on the mind of the reader, and which, 



MODERN SCULPTURE. 339 

by sagacity of observation and power of ex- 
pression, is rendered the most extraordinary 
discrimination of excellence, as it is of prefer- 
ence, ever offered to the epic muse. 

And yet, is it to be believed, that this Poet, 
abounding in subjects and characters of the 
most extraordinary kind, has been almost en- 
tirely neglected in the Arts of his own country, 
whilst his merits have been vindicated and 
illustrated by the liberal mind and genius of a 
foreigner ! 

In future, let us, conscious of the means we 
possess, not be negligent in exerting ourselves 
for posterity in the same proportion as we feel 
our own obligations to former ages. 



THE END. 






LIST OF PLATES, 

LITHOGRAPHED BY VARIOUS ARTISTS FROM DRAWINGS 
BY MR. FLAXMAN. 



1. Bishop Wulstan, in Worcester Cathedral. 

2. Creation of Eve, from Wells Cathedral. 

3. Death of Isaac, do. 

4. An Angel, do. 

5. Queen Eleanor, from Waltham Cross. 

6. Virgin and Angels, a Key Stone in York Cathedral. 

7. St. John, from Henry the Seventh's Chapel, Westmin- 

ster Abbey. 

8. Statues in the Architecture of do. 

9. Plan of the Palace of Carnac. 

10. Figure of Bubaste or Isis, who is also Cybele or Earth ; 

and, like the Diana of Ephesus, crowned with Towers. 

11. Sphinx and Great Pyramid of Memphis. 

12. Sculpture at Persepolis, from Le Bruyn's Travels. 

13. Vishnu, Creating Agent of Brahma, Attitude, the Em- 

blem of Eternity, from Moore's " Hindu Pantheon." 

14. Lions over the Gate of Mycenae, mentioned by Pausa- 

nias as being done by the Cyclops. 

15. A Bronze Figure of Minerva, found in the Barrow of 

Achilles, described by M. Chevalier. 

16. Daedalian Figures from Bronzes. 

17. Minerva, from a Bronze by Daedalus. 



242 LIST OF PLATES. 

18. Tydeus, see Winckelman. 

19. Minerva", by Phidias, thirty-nine feet high. 

20. Jupiter Olympius, at Elis, by do. 

21. Venus Aphrodite, by Alcamanes. 

22. Venus of Cnidos, by Praxiteles, drawn from an Antique 

Statue found near Rome. 

23. Venus of Cos, by Praxiteles. Medals of the Empress 

Lucilla, perhaps, from this Statue. 

24. Discobulus, by Myron, from a Gem, an Example in the 

British Museum. 

25. Statue on the Pediment over the West Front of a 

Temple at Egina. 

26. Circle and Square of the Human Figure. 

27. Extent of Motion, one Figure. 

28. Do. shown in two Figures. 

29. Do. front and side view equipoised, supported on one 

Leg. 

30. Preparing to run; running; striking. 

31. Bearing a weight; preparing to jump, and alighting. 

32. Leaning, flying and falling. 

33. Brazen Serpent, from Michael Angelo. 

34. Charity, from do. 

35. The Nativity, ^ from Greek Paintings in the 

36. The Transfiguration, $ Libraries of Austria and France. 

37. Part of the Last Judgment, from Michael Angelo. 

38. Holy Family, from do. 

39. Last Judgment, Lincoln Cathedral. 

40. Figure from Peterborough Cathedral. 

41. An Apostle, from Albert Durer. 

42. Drapery. 

43. Drapery on the Bosom and Legs. 

44. Drapery, three Figures, a Bacchante and two from 

Nature. 

45. Callirhoe, from a Gem. 



LIST OF PLATES. 243 

46. Iris. 

47. Juno Lucina. 

48. Head of the Colossus of Rhodes. 

49. Head of our Saviour, from Arringhi's " Roma Subter- 

ranea." 

50. Specimens of Heads from the Cathedral of York. 

51. Monument of Sir Francis Vere, in Westminster Abbey. 

52. Tomb of Madame Langhahn. 

The anecdote concerning this monument is this : M. Verschoffel, a 
Prussian Sculptor, was on a visit to the Rev. M. Langhahn in Switzerland, 
when Madame Langhahn died on Easter eve. M. Verschoffel, to console 
his afflicted friend, immediately carved the lady and her new-born infant, 
bursting the tomb in the resurrection of the just. It has been introduced 
on account of the pious and affectionate sentiment it contains. 

FRONTISPIECE. A Portrait of the Author, from a Model, 
by himself. 



ERRATA. 

Plate 39, by mistake, has been referred to, in one of the Lectures, as " The 
Glorification ;" whereas it is " The Last Judgment," a bas-relief on the south 
entrance of Lincoln Cathedral, executed about the year 1400. 






LONDON t 

PRINTED BY C. ROWORTH, BELL YARD, 
TEMPLE BAR. 




J'l 



M 2*rvm,KW SrtnteA, 

Bisliop "Wul st an . Worcester Cathedral . 




*. 



M '. 



Creation of .Eve . _ Wells Cathedral. 




Death, of Isaac _ Wells Cathedral. 



PI. 




. ;l ,1 n 



t . 



(,)ue<-:n EJ.ea.tiot 



C. roi's 



Pi,. 6. 





Lf uy C SKdli 



aoicl Angels .Tort CattiedLral. 




A.Statu.einone oFtheTSTiclie sin Henry tlie 
Chapel Westminster AKbey. 



fl.9. 




Statues mtke AT chitectnie of Henry 7? 1 Ckapel 
We stminster Ait ey . 



PI. 9. 



EM; H**-" :: 

* jjti* '^ 11 

*titV 



\rr*~[ I* ?! 
I; r \1 .!. 

I 1 .*:; til 

. q. 

a" 



r 
* 

! :t_ 

p 

*H 



i 




* 




r/ 



"* i 



Plan of the Palace of Carnac . 



n. 




TV. Watts*/. 



IBuiaste 



Isis 



rut 




M 



S Gulp tare from. Per sepolis. 




I 



PI. tf. 



W. Waltrrv 




A. Bronze Stat~u.e of Minerva 




W. Wattm, 



Pnn&t-oL 



Minerva of Dipcems <Jc. .Seylles 




H.49. 



JVC D 




.na.-ndti 



Minerva 39 Feet liiTi __ Thidia,s . 



Tl.20 





Jixpiter Olympms at Eli sly Phidias 60feetlli^k 



V 




friKti <H ?y 0.2vHw^^ tat ~!>. 



Venus Aphrodite Alca.men.es 




Venus of CnicLos ___ "Praxiteles. 







n.t 



Venus of Cos, - Praxiteles 



J. H . c^ifes. 




fl. 



ritJ.iv f.Huttnvr. 



"i )i s c c-vbx-ul XL s . ^/Tyr on . 




ri.ts. 



One of tKe Figures on. tke Pecii-rneTit a.t 



Proportions . 





Tlie Human Pi^nre , containecL IIL the Circle andL Square. 



Extentof MotioTLintke Skeleton 



n.y. 




fr. Sokwrft, 

Note, The lotted- line. is the line oflfotion . 

Wkenitia TnterrupteoLlsy a Crofs,fh.at-j'omtiaovesTio 
fartlier in that direction . 




CO 



o 
-p 



* 




-30 




B alan c e 



PI '60. 




Preparing to 




Tlie force of the blow is afsisted.l)y the 
e l^o cly conveyed- from C .to D . 



Balance 




A 
aiwei^Tit 



Carrying a wei}*Tt cmtbe 5>"hoiilieTS 




to L e ap 




I> alanc e 



fl 32 




Plying 





Tailing 




Charity 




3 

en 



b 

-p 


D 
O 



I" 




Tr an sfi gur all on 




Group li-om Llic Last Judgment Mich!- Angclo. 




ifijt /. nyj switi><i<. eyC atamm. . 

Holy family Micli 1 An^elo 



Fl.tff. 




FajvrT/oi/rwji 

.A . Statue in. Teterl or ou^h. C atKe dr al . 




An Apostle _ . Alt t Durer . 



Drapery . 




Z 

1 



The Effect of WindLou Drapery or Water 




D 




D? Com.plica.tei 



M D Mm 



Dra/pery 



Pi 4-3 




Drapery, ace OTnmo dated l.o the', bosom 




Ace ommocLateoL 
to the limbs . 



M 'D 



D 



raperj 




Effect of Violent "Win cL cm Cloaks 





Bacchanal 



Drapery of the legs walking 




Iris oLe s e en cLin 




Juno LuLcina.. 



fl. 




HeaoLof the Colofsu_s of EtoAes 




* 

1 



1 

o 

a 





Toini of MacLame Langliatis 






// / 









\ TT SEP 15 1945 






University ol Toronto 
Library 



DO NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 




Acme Library Card Pocket 
LOWE-MARTIN CO. UMTTBD